Menu
▾
▴
[r8866]: / trunk / htdocs / matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html.template Maximize Restore History
15272 lines (12749 with data), 1.3 MB
@header@
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="heading">
<tr bgcolor="#7799ee">
<td valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"> <br><big><big><strong><a href="matplotlib.html"><font color="#ffffff">matplotlib</font></a>.<a href="matplotlib.backends.html"><font color="#ffffff">backends</font></a>.backend_wx</strong></big></big></font></td
><td align=right valign=bottom
><font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><a href=".">index</a><br><a href="file:/home/jdhunter/dev/lib64/python2.5/site-packages/matplotlib/backends/backend_wx.py">/home/jdhunter/dev/lib64/python2.5/site-packages/matplotlib/backends/backend_wx.py</a></font></td></tr></table>
<p></p>
<p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#aa55cc">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#fffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Modules</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#aa55cc"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><table width="100%" summary="list"><tr><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="StringIO.html">StringIO</a><br>
<a href="math.html">math</a><br>
</td><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="matplotlib.html">matplotlib</a><br>
<a href="os.html">os</a><br>
</td><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="sys.html">sys</a><br>
<a href="warnings.html">warnings</a><br>
</td><td width="25%" valign=top><a href="weakref.html">weakref</a><br>
<a href="wx.html">wx</a><br>
</td></tr></table></td></tr></table><p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ee77aa">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Classes</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ee77aa"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>, <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#GraphicsContextWx">GraphicsContextWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbar2Wx">NavigationToolbar2Wx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>, <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#RendererBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.RendererBase</a>
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#RendererWx">RendererWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#fake_stderr">fake_stderr</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#MenuButtonWx">MenuButtonWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbar2Wx">NavigationToolbar2Wx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>, <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureFrameWx">FigureFrameWx</a>
</font></dt><dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#SubplotToolWX">SubplotToolWX</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>, <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>)
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#PrintoutWx">PrintoutWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>(<a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>)
</font></dt><dd>
<dl>
<dt><font face="helvetica, arial"><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#StatusBarWx">StatusBarWx</a>
</font></dt></dl>
</dd>
</dl>
<p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="FigureCanvasWx">class <strong>FigureCanvasWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>, <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>The FigureCanvas contains the figure and does event handling.<br>
<br>
In the wxPython backend, it is derived from wxPanel, and (usually) lives<br>
inside a frame instantiated by a <a href="#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>. The parent window probably<br>
implements a wx.Sizer to control the displayed control size - but we give a<br>
hint as to our preferred minimum size.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Copy_to_Clipboard"><strong>Copy_to_Clipboard</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>copy bitmap of canvas to system clipboard</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Init"><strong>Printer_Init</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>initialize printer settings using wx methods</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Preview"><strong>Printer_Preview</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>generate Print Preview with wx Print mechanism</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Print"><strong>Printer_Print</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Print figure using wx Print mechanism</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Setup"><strong>Printer_Setup</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>set up figure for printing. The standard wx Printer<br>
Setup Dialog seems to die easily. Therefore, this setup<br>
simply asks for image width and margin for printing.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Printer_Setup2"><strong>Printer_Setup2</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>set up figure for printing. Using the standard wx Printer<br>
Setup Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, parent, id, figure)</dt><dd><tt>Initialise a FigureWx instance.<br>
<br>
- Initialise the <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">FigureCanvasBase</a> and wxPanel parents.<br>
- Set event handlers for:<br>
EVT_SIZE (Resize event)<br>
EVT_PAINT (Paint event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw"><strong>draw</strong></a>(self, drawDC<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Render the figure using <a href="#RendererWx">RendererWx</a> instance renderer, or using a<br>
previously defined renderer if none is specified.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw_idle"><strong>draw_idle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Delay rendering until the GUI is idle.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-flush_events"><strong>flush_events</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-get_default_filetype"><strong>get_default_filetype</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-gui_repaint"><strong>gui_repaint</strong></a>(self, drawDC<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Performs update of the displayed image on the GUI canvas, using the<br>
supplied device context. If drawDC is None, a ClientDC will be used to<br>
redraw the image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_bmp"><strong>print_bmp</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_figure"><strong>print_figure</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_jpeg"><strong>print_jpeg</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_jpg"><strong>print_jpg</strong></a> = <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-print_jpeg">print_jpeg</a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_pcx"><strong>print_pcx</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_png"><strong>print_png</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_tif"><strong>print_tif</strong></a> = <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-print_tiff">print_tiff</a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_tiff"><strong>print_tiff</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_xpm"><strong>print_xpm</strong></a>(self, filename, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-start_event_loop"><strong>start_event_loop</strong></a>(self, timeout<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Start an event loop. This is used to start a blocking event<br>
loop so that interactive functions, such as ginput and<br>
waitforbuttonpress, can wait for events. This should not be<br>
confused with the main GUI event loop, which is always running<br>
and has nothing to do with this.<br>
<br>
Call signature::<br>
<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-start_event_loop">start_event_loop</a>(self,timeout=0)<br>
<br>
This call blocks until a callback function triggers<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-stop_event_loop">stop_event_loop</a>() or *timeout* is reached. If *timeout* is<br>
<=0, never timeout.<br>
<br>
Raises RuntimeError if event loop is already running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-stop_event_loop"><strong>stop_event_loop</strong></a>(self, event<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Stop an event loop. This is used to stop a blocking event<br>
loop so that interactive functions, such as ginput and<br>
waitforbuttonpress, can wait for events.<br>
<br>
Call signature::<br>
<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-stop_event_loop_default">stop_event_loop_default</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>filetypes</strong> = {'bmp': 'Windows bitmap', 'emf': 'Enhanced Metafile', 'eps': 'Encapsulated Postscript', 'jpeg': 'JPEG', 'jpg': 'JPEG', 'pcx': 'PCX', 'pdf': 'Portable Document Format', 'png': 'Portable Network Graphics', 'ps': 'Postscript', 'raw': 'Raw RGBA bitmap', ...}</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>keyvald</strong> = {8: 'backspace', 13: 'enter', 27: 'escape', 127: 'delete', 306: 'shift', 307: 'alt', 308: 'control', 310: 'break', 312: 'end', 313: 'home', ...}</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-blit"><strong>blit</strong></a>(self, bbox<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>blit the canvas in bbox (default entire canvas)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-button_press_event"><strong>button_press_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, button, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any mouse<br>
button press. x,y are the canvas coords: 0,0 is lower, left.<br>
button and key are as defined in :class:`MouseEvent`.<br>
<br>
This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'button_press_event' with a :class:`MouseEvent` instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-button_release_event"><strong>button_release_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, button, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any mouse<br>
button release.<br>
<br>
*x*<br>
the canvas coordinates where 0=left<br>
<br>
*y*<br>
the canvas coordinates where 0=bottom<br>
<br>
*guiEvent*<br>
the native UI event that generated the mpl event<br>
<br>
<br>
This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'button_release_event' with a :class:`MouseEvent` instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw_cursor"><strong>draw_cursor</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>Draw a cursor in the event.axes if inaxes is not None. Use<br>
native GUI drawing for efficiency if possible</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-draw_event"><strong>draw_event</strong></a>(self, renderer)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'draw_event' with a :class:`DrawEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-get_supported_filetypes"><strong>get_supported_filetypes</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-get_supported_filetypes_grouped"><strong>get_supported_filetypes_grouped</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-get_width_height"><strong>get_width_height</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>return the figure width and height in points or pixels<br>
(depending on the backend), truncated to integers</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-idle_event"><strong>idle_event</strong></a>(self, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>call when GUI is idle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-key_press_event"><strong>key_press_event</strong></a>(self, key, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'key_press_event' with a :class:`KeyEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-key_release_event"><strong>key_release_event</strong></a>(self, key, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'key_release_event' with a :class:`KeyEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-motion_notify_event"><strong>motion_notify_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any<br>
motion-notify-event.<br>
<br>
*x*<br>
the canvas coordinates where 0=left<br>
<br>
*y*<br>
the canvas coordinates where 0=bottom<br>
<br>
*guiEvent*<br>
the native UI event that generated the mpl event<br>
<br>
<br>
This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'motion_notify_event' with a :class:`MouseEvent` instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-mpl_connect"><strong>mpl_connect</strong></a>(self, s, func)</dt><dd><tt>Connect event with string *s* to *func*. The signature of *func* is::<br>
<br>
def func(event)<br>
<br>
where event is a :class:`matplotlib.backend_bases.Event`. The<br>
following events are recognized<br>
<br>
- 'button_press_event'<br>
- 'button_release_event'<br>
- 'draw_event'<br>
- 'key_press_event'<br>
- 'key_release_event'<br>
- 'motion_notify_event'<br>
- 'pick_event'<br>
- 'resize_event'<br>
- 'scroll_event'<br>
<br>
For the location events (button and key press/release), if the<br>
mouse is over the axes, the variable ``event.inaxes`` will be<br>
set to the :class:`~matplotlib.axes.Axes` the event occurs is<br>
over, and additionally, the variables ``event.xdata`` and<br>
``event.ydata`` will be defined. This is the mouse location<br>
in data coords. See<br>
:class:`~matplotlib.backend_bases.KeyEvent` and<br>
:class:`~matplotlib.backend_bases.MouseEvent` for more info.<br>
<br>
Return value is a connection id that can be used with<br>
:meth:`~matplotlib.backend_bases.Event.mpl_disconnect`.<br>
<br>
Example usage::<br>
<br>
def on_press(event):<br>
print 'you pressed', event.button, event.xdata, event.ydata<br>
<br>
cid = canvas.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-mpl_connect">mpl_connect</a>('button_press_event', on_press)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-mpl_disconnect"><strong>mpl_disconnect</strong></a>(self, cid)</dt><dd><tt>disconnect callback id cid<br>
<br>
Example usage::<br>
<br>
cid = canvas.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-mpl_connect">mpl_connect</a>('button_press_event', on_press)<br>
#...later<br>
canvas.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-mpl_disconnect">mpl_disconnect</a>(cid)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-onHilite"><strong>onHilite</strong></a>(self, ev)</dt><dd><tt>Mouse event processor which highlights the artists<br>
under the cursor. Connect this to the 'motion_notify_event'<br>
using::<br>
<br>
canvas.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-mpl_connect">mpl_connect</a>('motion_notify_event',canvas.onHilite)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-onRemove"><strong>onRemove</strong></a>(self, ev)</dt><dd><tt>Mouse event processor which removes the top artist<br>
under the cursor. Connect this to the 'mouse_press_event'<br>
using::<br>
<br>
canvas.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-mpl_connect">mpl_connect</a>('mouse_press_event',canvas.onRemove)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-pick"><strong>pick</strong></a>(self, mouseevent)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-pick_event"><strong>pick_event</strong></a>(self, mouseevent, artist, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be called by artists who are picked and will<br>
fire off :class:`PickEvent` callbacks registered listeners</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_emf"><strong>print_emf</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_eps"><strong>print_eps</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_pdf"><strong>print_pdf</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_ps"><strong>print_ps</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_raw"><strong>print_raw</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_rgb"><strong>print_rgb</strong></a> = print_raw(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_svg"><strong>print_svg</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-print_svgz"><strong>print_svgz</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-resize"><strong>resize</strong></a>(self, w, h)</dt><dd><tt>set the canvas size in pixels</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-resize_event"><strong>resize_event</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'resize_event' with a :class:`ResizeEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-scroll_event"><strong>scroll_event</strong></a>(self, x, y, step, guiEvent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Backend derived classes should call this function on any<br>
scroll wheel event. x,y are the canvas coords: 0,0 is lower,<br>
left. button and key are as defined in MouseEvent.<br>
<br>
This method will be call all functions connected to the<br>
'scroll_event' with a :class:`MouseEvent` instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-set_window_title"><strong>set_window_title</strong></a>(self, title)</dt><dd><tt>Set the title text of the window containing the figure. Note that<br>
this has no effect if there is no window (eg, a PS backend).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-start_event_loop_default"><strong>start_event_loop_default</strong></a>(self, timeout<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Start an event loop. This is used to start a blocking event<br>
loop so that interactive functions, such as ginput and<br>
waitforbuttonpress, can wait for events. This should not be<br>
confused with the main GUI event loop, which is always running<br>
and has nothing to do with this.<br>
<br>
This function provides default event loop functionality based<br>
on time.sleep that is meant to be used until event loop<br>
functions for each of the GUI backends can be written. As<br>
such, it throws a deprecated warning.<br>
<br>
Call signature::<br>
<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-start_event_loop_default">start_event_loop_default</a>(self,timeout=0)<br>
<br>
This call blocks until a callback function triggers<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-stop_event_loop">stop_event_loop</a>() or *timeout* is reached. If *timeout* is<br>
<=0, never timeout.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-stop_event_loop_default"><strong>stop_event_loop_default</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Stop an event loop. This is used to stop a blocking event<br>
loop so that interactive functions, such as ginput and<br>
waitforbuttonpress, can wait for events.<br>
<br>
Call signature::<br>
<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-stop_event_loop_default">stop_event_loop_default</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-switch_backends"><strong>switch_backends</strong></a>(self, FigureCanvasClass)</dt><dd><tt>instantiate an instance of FigureCanvasClass<br>
<br>
This is used for backend switching, eg, to instantiate a<br>
FigureCanvasPS from a FigureCanvasGTK. Note, deep copying is<br>
not done, so any changes to one of the instances (eg, setting<br>
figure size or line props), will be reflected in the other</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureCanvasBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureCanvasBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>events</strong> = ['resize_event', 'draw_event', 'key_press_event', 'key_release_event', 'button_press_event', 'button_release_event', 'scroll_event', 'motion_notify_event', 'pick_event', 'idle_event']</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxTAB_TRAVERSAL|wxNO_BORDER, <br>
String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool<br>
<br>
Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusIgnoringChildren"><strong>SetFocusIgnoringChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusIgnoringChildren">SetFocusIgnoringChildren</a>(self)<br>
<br>
In contrast to `SetFocus` (see above) this will set the focus to the<br>
panel even of there are child windows in the panel. This is only<br>
rarely needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">wx._windows.Panel</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureCanvasWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureCanvasWx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="FigureFrameWx">class <strong>FigureFrameWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#FigureFrameWx">FigureFrameWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(self, *args, **kwargs)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetToolBar"><strong>GetToolBar</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Override wxFrame::GetToolBar as we don't have managed toolbar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, num, fig)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-get_canvas"><strong>get_canvas</strong></a>(self, fig)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-get_figure_manager"><strong>get_figure_manager</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a> = ProcessCommand(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, String title=EmptyString, <br>
Point pos=DefaultPosition, Size size=DefaultSize, <br>
long style=DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, String name=FrameNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CreateStatusBar"><strong>CreateStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CreateStatusBar">CreateStatusBar</a>(self, int number=1, long style=DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE, int winid=0, <br>
String name=StatusLineNameStr) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CreateToolBar"><strong>CreateToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CreateToolBar">CreateToolBar</a>(self, long style=-1, int winid=-1, String name=ToolBarNameStr) -> wxToolBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DoGiveHelp"><strong>DoGiveHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DoGiveHelp">DoGiveHelp</a>(self, String text, bool show)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DoMenuUpdates"><strong>DoMenuUpdates</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DoMenuUpdates">DoMenuUpdates</a>(self, Menu menu=None)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMenuBar"><strong>GetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMenuBar">GetMenuBar</a>(self) -> MenuBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBar"><strong>GetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBar">GetStatusBar</a>(self) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBarPane"><strong>GetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetStatusBarPane">GetStatusBarPane</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopStatusText"><strong>PopStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopStatusText">PopStatusText</a>(self, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ProcessCommand"><strong>ProcessCommand</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PushStatusText"><strong>PushStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PushStatusText">PushStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SendSizeEvent">SendSizeEvent</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetMenuBar"><strong>SetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetMenuBar">SetMenuBar</a>(self, MenuBar menubar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBar"><strong>SetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBar">SetStatusBar</a>(self, <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a> statBar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBarPane"><strong>SetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusBarPane">SetStatusBarPane</a>(self, int n)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusText"><strong>SetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusText">SetStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetStatusWidths"><strong>SetStatusWidths</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetStatusWidths">SetStatusWidths</a>(self, int widths)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetToolBar"><strong>SetToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetToolBar">SetToolBar</a>(self, wxToolBar toolbar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>MenuBar</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMenuBar` and `SetMenuBar`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>StatusBar</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetStatusBar` and `SetStatusBar`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>StatusBarPane</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetStatusBarPane` and `SetStatusBarPane`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolBar</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolBar` and `SetToolBar`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = CenterOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-EnableCloseButton"><strong>EnableCloseButton</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-EnableCloseButton">EnableCloseButton</a>(self, bool enable) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetIcon"><strong>GetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetIcon">GetIcon</a>(self) -> Icon</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>GetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetTmpDefaultItem">GetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Return the temporary default item, which can be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Iconize"><strong>Iconize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Iconize">Iconize</a>(self, bool iconize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsActive"><strong>IsActive</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsActive">IsActive</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsAlwaysMaximized"><strong>IsAlwaysMaximized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsAlwaysMaximized">IsAlwaysMaximized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsFullScreen"><strong>IsFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsFullScreen">IsFullScreen</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsIconized"><strong>IsIconized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsIconized">IsIconized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsMaximized"><strong>IsMaximized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsMaximized">IsMaximized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MacGetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacGetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MacGetMetalAppearance">MacGetMetalAppearance</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MacGetUnifiedAppearance"><strong>MacGetUnifiedAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MacGetUnifiedAppearance">MacGetUnifiedAppearance</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MacSetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacSetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MacSetMetalAppearance">MacSetMetalAppearance</a>(self, bool on)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Maximize"><strong>Maximize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Maximize">Maximize</a>(self, bool maximize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RequestUserAttention"><strong>RequestUserAttention</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RequestUserAttention">RequestUserAttention</a>(self, int flags=USER_ATTENTION_INFO)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Restore"><strong>Restore</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Restore">Restore</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetIcon"><strong>SetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetIcon">SetIcon</a>(self, Icon icon)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetIcons"><strong>SetIcons</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetIcons">SetIcons</a>(self, wxIconBundle icons)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetShape"><strong>SetShape</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetShape">SetShape</a>(self, Region region) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ShowFullScreen"><strong>ShowFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ShowFullScreen">ShowFullScreen</a>(self, bool show, long style=FULLSCREEN_ALL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultItem</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultItem` and `SetDefaultItem`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Icon</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetIcon` and `SetIcon`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Title</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TmpDefaultItem</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTmpDefaultItem` and `SetTmpDefaultItem`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#FigureFrameWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureFrameWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#FigureFrameWx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><strong>FigureManager</strong> = <a name="FigureManager">class FigureManagerWx</a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>This class contains the FigureCanvas and GUI frame<br>
<br>
It is instantiated by GcfWx whenever a new figure is created. GcfWx is<br>
responsible for managing multiple instances of <a href="#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>.<br>
<br>
NB: <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">FigureManagerBase</a> is found in _pylab_helpers<br>
<br>
public attrs<br>
<br>
canvas - a <a href="#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>) instance<br>
window - a wxFrame instance - <a href="http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe">http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe</a><br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, num, frame)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-destroy"><strong>destroy</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-resize"><strong>resize</strong></a>(self, width, height)</dt><dd><tt>Set the canvas size in pixels</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-set_window_title"><strong>set_window_title</strong></a>(self, title)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-full_screen_toggle"><strong>full_screen_toggle</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-key_press"><strong>key_press</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-show_popup"><strong>show_popup</strong></a>(self, msg)</dt><dd><tt>Display message in a popup -- GUI only</tt></dd></dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="FigureManagerWx">class <strong>FigureManagerWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>This class contains the FigureCanvas and GUI frame<br>
<br>
It is instantiated by GcfWx whenever a new figure is created. GcfWx is<br>
responsible for managing multiple instances of <a href="#FigureManagerWx">FigureManagerWx</a>.<br>
<br>
NB: <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">FigureManagerBase</a> is found in _pylab_helpers<br>
<br>
public attrs<br>
<br>
canvas - a <a href="#FigureCanvasWx">FigureCanvasWx</a>(wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>) instance<br>
window - a wxFrame instance - <a href="http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe">http://www.lpthe.jussieu.fr/~zeitlin/wxWindows/docs/wxwin_wxframe.html#wxframe</a><br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, num, frame)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-destroy"><strong>destroy</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-resize"><strong>resize</strong></a>(self, width, height)</dt><dd><tt>Set the canvas size in pixels</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-set_window_title"><strong>set_window_title</strong></a>(self, title)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#FigureManagerBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.FigureManagerBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-full_screen_toggle"><strong>full_screen_toggle</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-key_press"><strong>key_press</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="FigureManagerWx-show_popup"><strong>show_popup</strong></a>(self, msg)</dt><dd><tt>Display message in a popup -- GUI only</tt></dd></dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="GraphicsContextWx">class <strong>GraphicsContextWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>The graphics context provides the color, line styles, etc...<br>
<br>
This class stores a reference to a wxMemoryDC, and a<br>
wxGraphicsContext that draws to it. Creating a wxGraphicsContext<br>
seems to be fairly heavy, so these objects are cached based on the<br>
bitmap object that is passed in.<br>
<br>
The base GraphicsContext stores colors as a RGB tuple on the unit<br>
interval, eg, (0.5, 0.0, 1.0). wxPython uses an int interval, but<br>
since wxPython colour management is rather simple, I have not chosen<br>
to implement a separate colour manager class.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, bitmap, renderer)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_wxcolour"><strong>get_wxcolour</strong></a>(self, color)</dt><dd><tt>return a wx.Colour from RGB format</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-select"><strong>select</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Select the current bitmap into this wxDC instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_capstyle"><strong>set_capstyle</strong></a>(self, cs)</dt><dd><tt>Set the capstyle as a string in ('butt', 'round', 'projecting')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_foreground"><strong>set_foreground</strong></a>(self, fg, isRGB<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Set the foreground color. fg can be a matlab format string, a<br>
html hex color string, an rgb unit tuple, or a float between 0<br>
and 1. In the latter case, grayscale is used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_graylevel"><strong>set_graylevel</strong></a>(self, frac)</dt><dd><tt>Set the foreground color. fg can be a matlab format string, a<br>
html hex color string, an rgb unit tuple, or a float between 0<br>
and 1. In the latter case, grayscale is used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_joinstyle"><strong>set_joinstyle</strong></a>(self, js)</dt><dd><tt>Set the join style to be one of ('miter', 'round', 'bevel')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_linestyle"><strong>set_linestyle</strong></a>(self, ls)</dt><dd><tt>Set the line style to be one of</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_linewidth"><strong>set_linewidth</strong></a>(self, w)</dt><dd><tt>Set the line width.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-unselect"><strong>unselect</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Select a Null bitmasp into this wxDC instance</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-copy_properties"><strong>copy_properties</strong></a>(self, gc)</dt><dd><tt>Copy properties from gc to self</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_alpha"><strong>get_alpha</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the alpha value used for blending - not supported on<br>
all backends</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_antialiased"><strong>get_antialiased</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return true if the object should try to do antialiased rendering</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_capstyle"><strong>get_capstyle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the capstyle as a string in ('butt', 'round', 'projecting')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_clip_path"><strong>get_clip_path</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the clip path in the form (path, transform), where path<br>
is a :class:`~matplotlib.path.Path` instance, and transform is<br>
an affine transform to apply to the path before clipping.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_clip_rectangle"><strong>get_clip_rectangle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the clip rectangle as a :class:`~matplotlib.transforms.Bbox` instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_dashes"><strong>get_dashes</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the dash information as an offset dashlist tuple The<br>
dash list is a even size list that gives the ink on, ink off<br>
in pixels. See p107 of to postscript `BLUEBOOK<br>
<<a href="http://www-cdf.fnal.gov/offline/PostScript/BLUEBOOK.PDF>`_">http://www-cdf.fnal.gov/offline/PostScript/BLUEBOOK.PDF>`_</a><br>
for more info<br>
<br>
Default value is None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_hatch"><strong>get_hatch</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Gets the current hatch style</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_joinstyle"><strong>get_joinstyle</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the line join style as one of ('miter', 'round', 'bevel')</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_linestyle"><strong>get_linestyle</strong></a>(self, style)</dt><dd><tt>Return the linestyle: one of ('solid', 'dashed', 'dashdot',<br>
'dotted').</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_linewidth"><strong>get_linewidth</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return the line width in points as a scalar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-get_rgb"><strong>get_rgb</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>returns a tuple of three floats from 0-1. color can be a<br>
matlab format string, a html hex color string, or a rgb tuple</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_alpha"><strong>set_alpha</strong></a>(self, alpha)</dt><dd><tt>Set the alpha value used for blending - not supported on<br>
all backends</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_antialiased"><strong>set_antialiased</strong></a>(self, b)</dt><dd><tt>True if object should be drawn with antialiased rendering</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_clip_path"><strong>set_clip_path</strong></a>(self, path)</dt><dd><tt>Set the clip path and transformation. Path should be a<br>
:class:`~matplotlib.transforms.TransformedPath` instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_clip_rectangle"><strong>set_clip_rectangle</strong></a>(self, rectangle)</dt><dd><tt>Set the clip rectangle with sequence (left, bottom, width, height)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_dashes"><strong>set_dashes</strong></a>(self, dash_offset, dash_list)</dt><dd><tt>Set the dash style for the gc.<br>
<br>
*dash_offset*<br>
is the offset (usually 0).<br>
<br>
*dash_list*<br>
specifies the on-off sequence as points. ``(None, None)`` specifies a solid line</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="GraphicsContextWx-set_hatch"><strong>set_hatch</strong></a>(self, hatch)</dt><dd><tt>Sets the hatch style for filling</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.GraphicsContextBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>dashd</strong> = {'dashdot': (0, (3.0, 5.0, 1.0, 5.0)), 'dashed': (0, (6.0, 6.0)), 'dotted': (0, (1.0, 3.0)), 'solid': (None, None)}</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="MenuButtonWx">class <strong>MenuButtonWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>wxPython does not permit a menu to be incorporated directly into a toolbar.<br>
This class simulates the effect by associating a pop-up menu with a button<br>
in the toolbar, and managing this as though it were a menu.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#MenuButtonWx">MenuButtonWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, parent)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-getActiveAxes"><strong>getActiveAxes</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return a list of the selected axes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-updateAxes"><strong>updateAxes</strong></a>(self, maxAxis)</dt><dd><tt>Ensures that there are entries for max_axis axes in the menu<br>
(selected by default).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-updateButtonText"><strong>updateButtonText</strong></a>(self, lst)</dt><dd><tt>Update the list of selected axes in the menu button</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, String label=EmptyString, <br>
Point pos=DefaultPosition, Size size=DefaultSize, <br>
long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator, <br>
String name=ButtonNameStr) -> bool<br>
<br>
Acutally create the GUI <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">Button</a> for 2-phase creation.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDefault"><strong>SetDefault</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDefault">SetDefault</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This sets the button to be the default item for the panel or dialog box.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultSize"><strong>GetDefaultSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultSize">GetDefaultSize</a>() -> Size<br>
<br>
Returns the default button size for this platform.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#Button">wx._controls.Button</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAlignment"><strong>GetAlignment</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetAlignment">GetAlignment</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetLabelText"><strong>GetLabelText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetLabelText">GetLabelText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Alignment</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAlignment`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LabelText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabelText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#MenuButtonWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="MenuButtonWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#MenuButtonWx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx">class <strong>NavigationToolbar2Wx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>, <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbar2Wx">NavigationToolbar2Wx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-configure_subplot"><strong>configure_subplot</strong></a>(self, evt)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-draw_rubberband"><strong>draw_rubberband</strong></a>(self, event, x0, y0, x1, y1)</dt><dd><tt>adapted from <a href="http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Cookbook/Python/Recipe/189744">http://aspn.activestate.com/ASPN/Cookbook/Python/Recipe/189744</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-dynamic_update"><strong>dynamic_update</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-get_canvas"><strong>get_canvas</strong></a>(self, frame, fig)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-pan"><strong>pan</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-release"><strong>release</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-save"><strong>save</strong></a>(self, evt)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_cursor"><strong>set_cursor</strong></a>(self, cursor)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_history_buttons"><strong>set_history_buttons</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_message"><strong>set_message</strong></a>(self, s)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-set_status_bar"><strong>set_status_bar</strong></a>(self, statbar)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-zoom"><strong>zoom</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#NavigationToolbar2">matplotlib.backend_bases.NavigationToolbar2</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-back"><strong>back</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>move back up the view lim stack</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-drag_pan"><strong>drag_pan</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the drag callback in pan/zoom mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-draw"><strong>draw</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>redraw the canvases, update the locators</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-forward"><strong>forward</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>move forward in the view lim stack</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-home"><strong>home</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>restore the original view</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-mouse_move"><strong>mouse_move</strong></a>(self, event)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-press"><strong>press</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>this will be called whenver a mouse button is pressed</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-press_pan"><strong>press_pan</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the press mouse button in pan/zoom mode callback</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-press_zoom"><strong>press_zoom</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the press mouse button in zoom to rect mode callback</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-push_current"><strong>push_current</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>push the current view limits and position onto the stack</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-release_pan"><strong>release_pan</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the release mouse button callback in pan/zoom mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-release_zoom"><strong>release_zoom</strong></a>(self, event)</dt><dd><tt>the release mouse button callback in zoom to rect mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-save_figure"><strong>save_figure</strong></a>(self, *args)</dt><dd><tt>save the current figure</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-update"><strong>update</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>reset the axes stack</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, <br>
String name=wxPyToolBarNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolDisabledBitmap"><strong>SetToolDisabledBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolDisabledBitmap">SetToolDisabledBitmap</a>(self, int id, Bitmap bitmap)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolNormalBitmap"><strong>SetToolNormalBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolNormalBitmap">SetToolNormalBitmap</a>(self, int id, Bitmap bitmap)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddCheckLabelTool"><strong>AddCheckLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddCheckTool"><strong>AddCheckTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddControl"><strong>AddControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddControl">AddControl</a>(self, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddLabelTool"><strong>AddLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>The full <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddTool">AddTool</a>() function.<br>
<br>
If bmpDisabled is wx.NullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap<br>
is created and used as the disabled image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddRadioLabelTool"><strong>AddRadioLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddRadioTool"><strong>AddRadioTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddSeparator"><strong>AddSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddSeparator">AddSeparator</a>(self) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddSimpleTool"><strong>AddSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddTool"><strong>AddTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddToolItem"><strong>AddToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddToolItem">AddToolItem</a>(self, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearTools"><strong>ClearTools</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearTools">ClearTools</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteTool"><strong>DeleteTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteTool">DeleteTool</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteToolByPos"><strong>DeleteToolByPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DeleteToolByPos">DeleteToolByPos</a>(self, size_t pos) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoAddTool"><strong>DoAddTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoAddTool">DoAddTool</a>(self, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, String shortHelp=EmptyString, <br>
String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoInsertTool"><strong>DoInsertTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DoInsertTool">DoInsertTool</a>(self, size_t pos, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, <br>
String shortHelp=EmptyString, String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-EnableTool"><strong>EnableTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-EnableTool">EnableTool</a>(self, int id, bool enable)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindById"><strong>FindById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindById">FindById</a>(self, int toolid) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindControl"><strong>FindControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindControl">FindControl</a>(self, int id) -> Control</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindToolForPosition"><strong>FindToolForPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindToolForPosition">FindToolForPosition</a>(self, int x, int y) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMargins"><strong>GetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMargins">GetMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxCols"><strong>GetMaxCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxCols">GetMaxCols</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxRows"><strong>GetMaxRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxRows">GetMaxRows</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolBitmapSize"><strong>GetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolBitmapSize">GetToolBitmapSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolClientData"><strong>GetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolClientData">GetToolClientData</a>(self, int id) -> PyObject</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolEnabled"><strong>GetToolEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolEnabled">GetToolEnabled</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolLongHelp"><strong>GetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolLongHelp">GetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolMargins"><strong>GetToolMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolMargins">GetToolMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPacking"><strong>GetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPacking">GetToolPacking</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPos"><strong>GetToolPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolPos">GetToolPos</a>(self, int id) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSeparation"><strong>GetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSeparation">GetToolSeparation</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolShortHelp"><strong>GetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolShortHelp">GetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSize"><strong>GetToolSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolSize">GetToolSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolState"><strong>GetToolState</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolState">GetToolState</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolsCount"><strong>GetToolsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(self) -> size_t</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertControl"><strong>InsertControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertControl">InsertControl</a>(self, size_t pos, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertLabelTool"><strong>InsertLabelTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(), it<br>
is equivalent to <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddTool">AddTool</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertSeparator"><strong>InsertSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertSeparator">InsertSeparator</a>(self, size_t pos) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertSimpleTool"><strong>InsertSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertTool"><strong>InsertTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertToolItem"><strong>InsertToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InsertToolItem">InsertToolItem</a>(self, size_t pos, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsVertical"><strong>IsVertical</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsVertical">IsVertical</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Realize"><strong>Realize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Realize">Realize</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveTool"><strong>RemoveTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveTool">RemoveTool</a>(self, int id) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMargins"><strong>SetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMargins">SetMargins</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMarginsXY"><strong>SetMarginsXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMarginsXY">SetMarginsXY</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxRowsCols"><strong>SetMaxRowsCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxRowsCols">SetMaxRowsCols</a>(self, int rows, int cols)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRows"><strong>SetRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRows">SetRows</a>(self, int nRows)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToggle"><strong>SetToggle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToggle">SetToggle</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolBitmapSize"><strong>SetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolBitmapSize">SetToolBitmapSize</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolClientData"><strong>SetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolClientData">SetToolClientData</a>(self, int id, PyObject clientData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolLongHelp"><strong>SetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolLongHelp">SetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolPacking"><strong>SetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolPacking">SetToolPacking</a>(self, int packing)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolSeparation"><strong>SetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolSeparation">SetToolSeparation</a>(self, int separation)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolShortHelp"><strong>SetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolShortHelp">SetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ToggleTool"><strong>ToggleTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ToggleTool">ToggleTool</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Margins</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMargins` and `SetMargins`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxCols</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxCols`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxRows</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxRows`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolBitmapSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolBitmapSize` and `SetToolBitmapSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolMargins</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolMargins`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolPacking</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolPacking` and `SetToolPacking`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolSeparation</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolSeparation` and `SetToolSeparation`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolsCount</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolsCount`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAlignment"><strong>GetAlignment</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAlignment">GetAlignment</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLabelText"><strong>GetLabelText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLabelText">GetLabelText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Alignment</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAlignment`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LabelText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabelText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbar2Wx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="NavigationToolbarWx">class <strong>NavigationToolbarWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, can_kill<font color="#909090">=False</font>)</dt><dd><tt>figure is the Figure instance that the toolboar controls<br>
<br>
win, if not None, is the wxWindow the Figure is embedded in</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-get_last_control"><strong>get_last_control</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Returns the identity of the last toolbar button pressed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-panx"><strong>panx</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-pany"><strong>pany</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-set_active"><strong>set_active</strong></a>(self, ind)</dt><dd><tt>ind is a list of index numbers for the axes which are to be made active</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-update"><strong>update</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Update the toolbar menu - called when (e.g.) a new subplot or axes are added</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomx"><strong>zoomx</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomy"><strong>zoomy</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, <br>
String name=wxPyToolBarNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolDisabledBitmap"><strong>SetToolDisabledBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolDisabledBitmap">SetToolDisabledBitmap</a>(self, int id, Bitmap bitmap)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolNormalBitmap"><strong>SetToolNormalBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolNormalBitmap">SetToolNormalBitmap</a>(self, int id, Bitmap bitmap)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckLabelTool"><strong>AddCheckLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckTool"><strong>AddCheckTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddControl"><strong>AddControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddControl">AddControl</a>(self, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddLabelTool"><strong>AddLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>The full <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool">AddTool</a>() function.<br>
<br>
If bmpDisabled is wx.NullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap<br>
is created and used as the disabled image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioLabelTool"><strong>AddRadioLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioTool"><strong>AddRadioTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSeparator"><strong>AddSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddSeparator">AddSeparator</a>(self) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSimpleTool"><strong>AddSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool"><strong>AddTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddToolItem"><strong>AddToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddToolItem">AddToolItem</a>(self, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearTools"><strong>ClearTools</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClearTools">ClearTools</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteTool"><strong>DeleteTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteTool">DeleteTool</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteToolByPos"><strong>DeleteToolByPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteToolByPos">DeleteToolByPos</a>(self, size_t pos) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoAddTool"><strong>DoAddTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DoAddTool">DoAddTool</a>(self, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, String shortHelp=EmptyString, <br>
String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoInsertTool"><strong>DoInsertTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DoInsertTool">DoInsertTool</a>(self, size_t pos, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, <br>
String shortHelp=EmptyString, String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-EnableTool"><strong>EnableTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-EnableTool">EnableTool</a>(self, int id, bool enable)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindById"><strong>FindById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindById">FindById</a>(self, int toolid) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindControl"><strong>FindControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindControl">FindControl</a>(self, int id) -> Control</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindToolForPosition"><strong>FindToolForPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindToolForPosition">FindToolForPosition</a>(self, int x, int y) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMargins"><strong>GetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMargins">GetMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxCols"><strong>GetMaxCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxCols">GetMaxCols</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxRows"><strong>GetMaxRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxRows">GetMaxRows</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolBitmapSize"><strong>GetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolBitmapSize">GetToolBitmapSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolClientData"><strong>GetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolClientData">GetToolClientData</a>(self, int id) -> PyObject</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolEnabled"><strong>GetToolEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolEnabled">GetToolEnabled</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolLongHelp"><strong>GetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolLongHelp">GetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolMargins"><strong>GetToolMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolMargins">GetToolMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPacking"><strong>GetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPacking">GetToolPacking</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPos"><strong>GetToolPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPos">GetToolPos</a>(self, int id) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSeparation"><strong>GetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSeparation">GetToolSeparation</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolShortHelp"><strong>GetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolShortHelp">GetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSize"><strong>GetToolSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSize">GetToolSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolState"><strong>GetToolState</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolState">GetToolState</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount"><strong>GetToolsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(self) -> size_t</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertControl"><strong>InsertControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InsertControl">InsertControl</a>(self, size_t pos, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertLabelTool"><strong>InsertLabelTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(), it<br>
is equivalent to <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool">AddTool</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSeparator"><strong>InsertSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSeparator">InsertSeparator</a>(self, size_t pos) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSimpleTool"><strong>InsertSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertTool"><strong>InsertTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertToolItem"><strong>InsertToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InsertToolItem">InsertToolItem</a>(self, size_t pos, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsVertical"><strong>IsVertical</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsVertical">IsVertical</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Realize"><strong>Realize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Realize">Realize</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveTool"><strong>RemoveTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveTool">RemoveTool</a>(self, int id) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMargins"><strong>SetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMargins">SetMargins</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMarginsXY"><strong>SetMarginsXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMarginsXY">SetMarginsXY</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxRowsCols"><strong>SetMaxRowsCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxRowsCols">SetMaxRowsCols</a>(self, int rows, int cols)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRows"><strong>SetRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetRows">SetRows</a>(self, int nRows)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToggle"><strong>SetToggle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToggle">SetToggle</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolBitmapSize"><strong>SetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolBitmapSize">SetToolBitmapSize</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolClientData"><strong>SetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolClientData">SetToolClientData</a>(self, int id, PyObject clientData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolLongHelp"><strong>SetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolLongHelp">SetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolPacking"><strong>SetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolPacking">SetToolPacking</a>(self, int packing)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolSeparation"><strong>SetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolSeparation">SetToolSeparation</a>(self, int separation)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolShortHelp"><strong>SetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolShortHelp">SetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleTool"><strong>ToggleTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleTool">ToggleTool</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Margins</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMargins` and `SetMargins`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxCols</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxCols`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxRows</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxRows`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolBitmapSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolBitmapSize` and `SetToolBitmapSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolMargins</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolMargins`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolPacking</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolPacking` and `SetToolPacking`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolSeparation</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolSeparation` and `SetToolSeparation`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolsCount</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolsCount`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAlignment"><strong>GetAlignment</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetAlignment">GetAlignment</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabelText"><strong>GetLabelText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabelText">GetLabelText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Alignment</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAlignment`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LabelText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabelText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#NavigationToolbarWx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="PrintoutWx">class <strong>PrintoutWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>Simple wrapper around wx <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a> class -- all the real work<br>
here is scaling the matplotlib canvas bitmap to the current<br>
printer's definition.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#PrintoutWx">PrintoutWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPageInfo"><strong>GetPageInfo</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-HasPage"><strong>HasPage</strong></a>(self, page)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnPrintPage"><strong>OnPrintPage</strong></a>(self, page)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, width<font color="#909090">=5.5</font>, margin<font color="#909090">=0.5</font>, title<font color="#909090">='matplotlib'</font>)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-FitThisSizeToPage"><strong>FitThisSizeToPage</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-FitThisSizeToPage">FitThisSizeToPage</a>(self, Size imageSize)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-FitThisSizeToPageMargins"><strong>FitThisSizeToPageMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-FitThisSizeToPageMargins">FitThisSizeToPageMargins</a>(self, Size imageSize, PageSetupDialogData pageSetupData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-FitThisSizeToPaper"><strong>FitThisSizeToPaper</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-FitThisSizeToPaper">FitThisSizeToPaper</a>(self, Size imageSize)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetDC"><strong>GetDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetDC">GetDC</a>(self) -> DC</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetLogicalPageMarginsRect"><strong>GetLogicalPageMarginsRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetLogicalPageMarginsRect">GetLogicalPageMarginsRect</a>(self, PageSetupDialogData pageSetupData) -> Rect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetLogicalPageRect"><strong>GetLogicalPageRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetLogicalPageRect">GetLogicalPageRect</a>(self) -> Rect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetLogicalPaperRect"><strong>GetLogicalPaperRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetLogicalPaperRect">GetLogicalPaperRect</a>(self) -> Rect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPPIPrinter"><strong>GetPPIPrinter</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPPIPrinter">GetPPIPrinter</a>() -> (x,y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPPIScreen"><strong>GetPPIScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPPIScreen">GetPPIScreen</a>() -> (x,y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPageSizeMM"><strong>GetPageSizeMM</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPageSizeMM">GetPageSizeMM</a>() -> (w, h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPageSizePixels"><strong>GetPageSizePixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPageSizePixels">GetPageSizePixels</a>() -> (w, h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetPaperRectPixels"><strong>GetPaperRectPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetPaperRectPixels">GetPaperRectPixels</a>(self) -> Rect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-IsPreview"><strong>IsPreview</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-IsPreview">IsPreview</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToDevice"><strong>MapScreenSizeToDevice</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToDevice">MapScreenSizeToDevice</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToPage"><strong>MapScreenSizeToPage</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToPage">MapScreenSizeToPage</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToPageMargins"><strong>MapScreenSizeToPageMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToPageMargins">MapScreenSizeToPageMargins</a>(self, PageSetupDialogData pageSetupData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToPaper"><strong>MapScreenSizeToPaper</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-MapScreenSizeToPaper">MapScreenSizeToPaper</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OffsetLogicalOrigin"><strong>OffsetLogicalOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-OffsetLogicalOrigin">OffsetLogicalOrigin</a>(self, int xoff, int yoff)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnBeginDocument"><strong>OnBeginDocument</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-OnBeginDocument">OnBeginDocument</a>(self, int startPage, int endPage) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnBeginPrinting"><strong>OnBeginPrinting</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-OnBeginPrinting">OnBeginPrinting</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnEndDocument"><strong>OnEndDocument</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-OnEndDocument">OnEndDocument</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnEndPrinting"><strong>OnEndPrinting</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-OnEndPrinting">OnEndPrinting</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-OnPreparePrinting"><strong>OnPreparePrinting</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-OnPreparePrinting">OnPreparePrinting</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetDC"><strong>SetDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetDC">SetDC</a>(self, DC dc)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetIsPreview"><strong>SetIsPreview</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetIsPreview">SetIsPreview</a>(self, bool p)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetLogicalOrigin"><strong>SetLogicalOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetLogicalOrigin">SetLogicalOrigin</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPPIPrinter"><strong>SetPPIPrinter</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPPIPrinter">SetPPIPrinter</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPPIScreen"><strong>SetPPIScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPPIScreen">SetPPIScreen</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPageSizeMM"><strong>SetPageSizeMM</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPageSizeMM">SetPageSizeMM</a>(self, int w, int h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPageSizePixels"><strong>SetPageSizePixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPageSizePixels">SetPageSizePixels</a>(self, int w, int h)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-SetPaperRectPixels"><strong>SetPaperRectPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-SetPaperRectPixels">SetPaperRectPixels</a>(self, Rect paperRectPixels)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__del__</strong> <em>lambda</em> self</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_GetPageInfo"><strong>base_GetPageInfo</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Please use <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a>.GetPageInfo instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnBeginDocument"><strong>base_OnBeginDocument</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Please use <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a>.OnBeginDocument instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnBeginPrinting"><strong>base_OnBeginPrinting</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Please use <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a>.OnBeginPrinting instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnEndDocument"><strong>base_OnEndDocument</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Please use <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a>.OnEndDocument instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnEndPrinting"><strong>base_OnEndPrinting</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Please use <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a>.OnEndPrinting instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-base_OnPreparePrinting"><strong>base_OnPreparePrinting</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Please use <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">Printout</a>.OnPreparePrinting instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>DC</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDC` and `SetDC`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PPIPrinter</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPPIPrinter` and `SetPPIPrinter`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PPIScreen</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPPIScreen` and `SetPPIScreen`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PageSizeMM</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPageSizeMM` and `SetPageSizeMM`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PageSizePixels</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPageSizePixels` and `SetPageSizePixels`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Title</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTitle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Printout">wx._windows.Printout</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>__swig_destroy__</strong> = <built-in function delete_Printout></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="PrintoutWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#PrintoutWx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="RendererWx">class <strong>RendererWx</strong></a>(<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#RendererBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.RendererBase</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>The renderer handles all the drawing primitives using a graphics<br>
context instance that controls the colors/styles. It acts as the<br>
'renderer' instance used by many classes in the hierarchy.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, bitmap, dpi)</dt><dd><tt>Initialise a wxWindows renderer instance.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_path"><strong>draw_path</strong></a>(self, gc, path, transform, rgbFace<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_text"><strong>draw_text</strong></a>(self, gc, x, y, s, prop, angle, ismath)</dt><dd><tt>Render the matplotlib.text.Text instance<br>
None)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-flipy"><strong>flipy</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_canvas_width_height"><strong>get_canvas_width_height</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>return the canvas width and height in display coords</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_gc"><strong>get_gc</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Fetch the locally cached gc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_text_width_height_descent"><strong>get_text_width_height_descent</strong></a>(self, s, prop, ismath)</dt><dd><tt>get the width and height in display coords of the string s<br>
with FontPropertry prop</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_wx_font"><strong>get_wx_font</strong></a>(self, s, prop)</dt><dd><tt>Return a wx font. Cache instances in a font dictionary for<br>
efficiency</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-handle_clip_rectangle"><strong>handle_clip_rectangle</strong></a>(self, gc)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-new_gc"><strong>new_gc</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return an instance of a <a href="#GraphicsContextWx">GraphicsContextWx</a>, and sets the current gc copy</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-offset_text_height"><strong>offset_text_height</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-points_to_pixels"><strong>points_to_pixels</strong></a>(self, points)</dt><dd><tt>convert point measures to pixes using dpi and the pixels per<br>
inch of the display</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-convert_path"><strong>convert_path</strong></a>(gfx_ctx, tpath)</dt><dd><tt>#@staticmethod</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data and other attributes defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>fontangles</strong> = {'italic': 93, 'normal': 90, 'oblique': 94}</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>fontnames</strong> = {'Courier': 75, 'Decorative': 71, 'Modern': 75, 'Roman': 72, 'Sans': 74, 'Script': 73, 'courier': 75}</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>fontweights</strong> = {100: 91, 200: 91, 300: 91, 400: 90, 500: 90, 600: 90, 700: 92, 800: 92, 900: 92, 'black': 92, ...}</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#RendererBase">matplotlib.backend_bases.RendererBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-close_group"><strong>close_group</strong></a>(self, s)</dt><dd><tt>Close a grouping element with label *s*<br>
Is only currently used by :mod:`~matplotlib.backends.backend_svg`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_image"><strong>draw_image</strong></a>(self, x, y, im, bbox, clippath<font color="#909090">=None</font>, clippath_trans<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draw the image instance into the current axes;<br>
<br>
*x*<br>
is the distance in pixels from the left hand side of the canvas.<br>
<br>
*y*<br>
the distance from the origin. That is, if origin is<br>
upper, y is the distance from top. If origin is lower, y<br>
is the distance from bottom<br>
<br>
*im*<br>
the :class:`matplotlib._image.Image` instance<br>
<br>
*bbox*<br>
a :class:`matplotlib.transforms.Bbox` instance for clipping, or<br>
None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_markers"><strong>draw_markers</strong></a>(self, gc, marker_path, marker_trans, path, trans, rgbFace<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Draws a marker at each of the vertices in path. This includes<br>
all vertices, including control points on curves. To avoid<br>
that behavior, those vertices should be removed before calling<br>
this function.<br>
<br>
*gc*<br>
the :class:`<a href="matplotlib.backend_bases.html#GraphicsContextBase">GraphicsContextBase</a>` instance<br>
<br>
*marker_trans*<br>
is an affine transform applied to the marker.<br>
<br>
*trans*<br>
is an affine transform applied to the path.<br>
<br>
This provides a fallback implementation of draw_markers that<br>
makes multiple calls to :meth:`draw_path`. Some backends may<br>
want to override this method in order to draw the marker only<br>
once and reuse it multiple times.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_path_collection"><strong>draw_path_collection</strong></a>(self, master_transform, cliprect, clippath, clippath_trans, paths, all_transforms, offsets, offsetTrans, facecolors, edgecolors, linewidths, linestyles, antialiaseds)</dt><dd><tt>Draws a collection of paths, selecting drawing properties from<br>
the lists *facecolors*, *edgecolors*, *linewidths*,<br>
*linestyles* and *antialiaseds*. *offsets* is a list of<br>
offsets to apply to each of the paths. The offsets in<br>
*offsets* are first transformed by *offsetTrans* before<br>
being applied.<br>
<br>
This provides a fallback implementation of<br>
:meth:`draw_path_collection` that makes multiple calls to<br>
draw_path. Some backends may want to override this in order<br>
to render each set of path data only once, and then reference<br>
that path multiple times with the different offsets, colors,<br>
styles etc. The generator methods<br>
:meth:`_iter_collection_raw_paths` and<br>
:meth:`_iter_collection` are provided to help with (and<br>
standardize) the implementation across backends. It is highly<br>
recommended to use those generators, so that changes to the<br>
behavior of :meth:`draw_path_collection` can be made globally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_quad_mesh"><strong>draw_quad_mesh</strong></a>(self, master_transform, cliprect, clippath, clippath_trans, meshWidth, meshHeight, coordinates, offsets, offsetTrans, facecolors, antialiased, showedges)</dt><dd><tt>This provides a fallback implementation of<br>
:meth:`draw_quad_mesh` that generates paths and then calls<br>
:meth:`draw_path_collection`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-draw_tex"><strong>draw_tex</strong></a>(self, gc, x, y, s, prop, angle, ismath<font color="#909090">='TeX!'</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_image_magnification"><strong>get_image_magnification</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Get the factor by which to magnify images passed to :meth:`draw_image`.<br>
Allows a backend to have images at a different resolution to other<br>
artists.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-get_texmanager"><strong>get_texmanager</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>return the :class:`matplotlib.texmanager.TexManager` instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-open_group"><strong>open_group</strong></a>(self, s)</dt><dd><tt>Open a grouping element with label *s*. Is only currently used by<br>
:mod:`~matplotlib.backends.backend_svg`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-option_image_nocomposite"><strong>option_image_nocomposite</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>overwrite this method for renderers that do not necessarily<br>
want to rescale and composite raster images. (like SVG)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-start_rasterizing"><strong>start_rasterizing</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-stop_rasterizing"><strong>stop_rasterizing</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="RendererWx-strip_math"><strong>strip_math</strong></a>(self, s)</dt></dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="StatusBarWx">class <strong>StatusBarWx</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>A status bar is added to _FigureFrame to allow measurements and the<br>
previously selected scroll function to be displayed as a user<br>
convenience.<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#StatusBarWx">StatusBarWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, parent)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-set_function"><strong>set_function</strong></a>(self, string)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, long style=ST_SIZEGRIP, String name=StatusLineNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBorderX"><strong>GetBorderX</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorderX">GetBorderX</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBorderY"><strong>GetBorderY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorderY">GetBorderY</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFieldRect"><strong>GetFieldRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFieldRect">GetFieldRect</a>(self, int i) -> Rect</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFields"><strong>GetFields</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Return a list of field values in the status bar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFieldsCount"><strong>GetFieldsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFieldsCount">GetFieldsCount</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetStatusText"><strong>GetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetStatusText">GetStatusText</a>(self, int number=0) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopStatusText"><strong>PopStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopStatusText">PopStatusText</a>(self, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PushStatusText"><strong>PushStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PushStatusText">PushStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFields"><strong>SetFields</strong></a>(self, items)</dt><dd><tt>Set the values of the statusbar fields from a list of strings.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFieldsCount"><strong>SetFieldsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFieldsCount">SetFieldsCount</a>(self, int number=1)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetMinHeight"><strong>SetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetMinHeight">SetMinHeight</a>(self, int height)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetStatusStyles"><strong>SetStatusStyles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetStatusStyles">SetStatusStyles</a>(self, int styles)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetStatusText"><strong>SetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetStatusText">SetStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetStatusWidths"><strong>SetStatusWidths</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetStatusWidths">SetStatusWidths</a>(self, int widths)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">wx._windows.StatusBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>BorderX</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorderX`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BorderY</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorderY`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>FieldRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFieldRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Fields</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFields` and `SetFields`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>FieldsCount</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFieldsCount` and `SetFieldsCount`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>StatusText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetStatusText` and `SetStatusText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#StatusBarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#StatusBarWx-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#StatusBarWx-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#StatusBarWx-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#StatusBarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#StatusBarWx-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#StatusBarWx-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#StatusBarWx-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="StatusBarWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#StatusBarWx-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="SubplotToolWX">class <strong>SubplotToolWX</strong></a>(<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#SubplotToolWX">SubplotToolWX</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, targetfig)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a> = ProcessCommand(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, String title=EmptyString, <br>
Point pos=DefaultPosition, Size size=DefaultSize, <br>
long style=DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE, String name=FrameNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CreateStatusBar"><strong>CreateStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CreateStatusBar">CreateStatusBar</a>(self, int number=1, long style=DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE, int winid=0, <br>
String name=StatusLineNameStr) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CreateToolBar"><strong>CreateToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CreateToolBar">CreateToolBar</a>(self, long style=-1, int winid=-1, String name=ToolBarNameStr) -> wxToolBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DoGiveHelp"><strong>DoGiveHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DoGiveHelp">DoGiveHelp</a>(self, String text, bool show)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DoMenuUpdates"><strong>DoMenuUpdates</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DoMenuUpdates">DoMenuUpdates</a>(self, Menu menu=None)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMenuBar"><strong>GetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMenuBar">GetMenuBar</a>(self) -> MenuBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBar"><strong>GetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBar">GetStatusBar</a>(self) -> <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a></tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBarPane"><strong>GetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetStatusBarPane">GetStatusBarPane</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetToolBar"><strong>GetToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetToolBar">GetToolBar</a>(self) -> wxToolBar</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopStatusText"><strong>PopStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopStatusText">PopStatusText</a>(self, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ProcessCommand"><strong>ProcessCommand</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessCommand">ProcessCommand</a>(self, int winid) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PushStatusText"><strong>PushStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PushStatusText">PushStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SendSizeEvent">SendSizeEvent</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetMenuBar"><strong>SetMenuBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetMenuBar">SetMenuBar</a>(self, MenuBar menubar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBar"><strong>SetStatusBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBar">SetStatusBar</a>(self, <a href="wx._windows.html#StatusBar">StatusBar</a> statBar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBarPane"><strong>SetStatusBarPane</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusBarPane">SetStatusBarPane</a>(self, int n)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusText"><strong>SetStatusText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusText">SetStatusText</a>(self, String text, int number=0)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetStatusWidths"><strong>SetStatusWidths</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetStatusWidths">SetStatusWidths</a>(self, int widths)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetToolBar"><strong>SetToolBar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetToolBar">SetToolBar</a>(self, wxToolBar toolbar)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">wx._windows.Frame</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>MenuBar</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMenuBar` and `SetMenuBar`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>StatusBar</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetStatusBar` and `SetStatusBar`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>StatusBarPane</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetStatusBarPane` and `SetStatusBarPane`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolBar</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolBar` and `SetToolBar`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CenterOnScreen"><strong>CenterOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CentreOnScreen"><strong>CentreOnScreen</strong></a> = CenterOnScreen(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnScreen">CenterOnScreen</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center the window on screen</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-EnableCloseButton"><strong>EnableCloseButton</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-EnableCloseButton">EnableCloseButton</a>(self, bool enable) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultItem"><strong>GetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultItem">GetDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Get the default child of this parent, i.e. the one which is activated<br>
by pressing <Enter> such as the OK button on a wx.Dialog.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetIcon"><strong>GetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetIcon">GetIcon</a>(self) -> Icon</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetTitle"><strong>GetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetTitle">GetTitle</a>(self) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>GetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetTmpDefaultItem">GetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Return the temporary default item, which can be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Iconize"><strong>Iconize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Iconize">Iconize</a>(self, bool iconize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsActive"><strong>IsActive</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsActive">IsActive</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsAlwaysMaximized"><strong>IsAlwaysMaximized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsAlwaysMaximized">IsAlwaysMaximized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsFullScreen"><strong>IsFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsFullScreen">IsFullScreen</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsIconized"><strong>IsIconized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsIconized">IsIconized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsMaximized"><strong>IsMaximized</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsMaximized">IsMaximized</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MacGetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacGetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MacGetMetalAppearance">MacGetMetalAppearance</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MacGetUnifiedAppearance"><strong>MacGetUnifiedAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MacGetUnifiedAppearance">MacGetUnifiedAppearance</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MacSetMetalAppearance"><strong>MacSetMetalAppearance</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MacSetMetalAppearance">MacSetMetalAppearance</a>(self, bool on)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Maximize"><strong>Maximize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Maximize">Maximize</a>(self, bool maximize=True)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RequestUserAttention"><strong>RequestUserAttention</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RequestUserAttention">RequestUserAttention</a>(self, int flags=USER_ATTENTION_INFO)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Restore"><strong>Restore</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Restore">Restore</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDefaultItem"><strong>SetDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDefaultItem">SetDefaultItem</a>(self, Window child) -> Window<br>
<br>
Set this child as default, return the old default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetIcon"><strong>SetIcon</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetIcon">SetIcon</a>(self, Icon icon)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetIcons"><strong>SetIcons</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetIcons">SetIcons</a>(self, wxIconBundle icons)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetShape"><strong>SetShape</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetShape">SetShape</a>(self, Region region) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetTitle"><strong>SetTitle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetTitle">SetTitle</a>(self, String title)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetTmpDefaultItem"><strong>SetTmpDefaultItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetTmpDefaultItem">SetTmpDefaultItem</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Set this child as temporary default</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ShowFullScreen"><strong>ShowFullScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ShowFullScreen">ShowFullScreen</a>(self, bool show, long style=FULLSCREEN_ALL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._windows.html#TopLevelWindow">wx._windows.TopLevelWindow</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultItem</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultItem` and `SetDefaultItem`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Icon</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetIcon` and `SetIcon`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Title</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TmpDefaultItem</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTmpDefaultItem` and `SetTmpDefaultItem`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#SubplotToolWX-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="SubplotToolWX-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#SubplotToolWX-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><strong>Toolbar</strong> = <a name="Toolbar">class NavigationToolbarWx</a>(<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>)</font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt>Method resolution order:</dt>
<dd><a href="matplotlib.backends.backend_wx.html#NavigationToolbarWx">NavigationToolbarWx</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a></dd>
<dd><a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a></dd>
<dd><a href="__builtin__.html#object">__builtin__.object</a></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__init__"><strong>__init__</strong></a>(self, canvas, can_kill<font color="#909090">=False</font>)</dt><dd><tt>figure is the Figure instance that the toolboar controls<br>
<br>
win, if not None, is the wxWindow the Figure is embedded in</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-get_last_control"><strong>get_last_control</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Returns the identity of the last toolbar button pressed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-panx"><strong>panx</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-pany"><strong>pany</strong></a>(self, direction)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-set_active"><strong>set_active</strong></a>(self, ind)</dt><dd><tt>ind is a list of index numbers for the axes which are to be made active</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-update"><strong>update</strong></a>(self)</dt><dd><tt>Update the toolbar menu - called when (e.g.) a new subplot or axes are added</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomx"><strong>zoomx</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-zoomy"><strong>zoomy</strong></a>(self, in_out)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Create"><strong>Create</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Create">Create</a>(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition, <br>
Size size=DefaultSize, long style=wxNO_BORDER|wxTB_HORIZONTAL, <br>
String name=wxPyToolBarNameStr) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolDisabledBitmap"><strong>SetToolDisabledBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolDisabledBitmap">SetToolDisabledBitmap</a>(self, int id, Bitmap bitmap)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolNormalBitmap"><strong>SetToolNormalBitmap</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolNormalBitmap">SetToolNormalBitmap</a>(self, int id, Bitmap bitmap)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-__repr__"><strong>__repr__</strong></a> = _swig_repr(self)</dt></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetClassDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClassDefaultAttributes">GetClassDefaultAttributes</a>(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for this class. This is useful if you want<br>
to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard<br>
control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific<br>
colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the<br>
user's system, especially if it uses themes.<br>
<br>
The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is<br>
ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of<br>
the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about<br>
this.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">wx._controls.ToolBar</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>thisown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>The membership flag</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckLabelTool"><strong>AddCheckLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddCheckTool"><strong>AddCheckTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a check tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddControl"><strong>AddControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddControl">AddControl</a>(self, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddLabelTool"><strong>AddLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>The full <a href="#Toolbar-AddTool">AddTool</a>() function.<br>
<br>
If bmpDisabled is wx.NullBitmap, a shadowed version of the normal bitmap<br>
is created and used as the disabled image.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioLabelTool"><strong>AddRadioLabelTool</strong></a>(self, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddRadioTool"><strong>AddRadioTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Add a radio tool, i.e. a tool which can be toggled and releases any<br>
other toggled radio tools in the same group when it happens</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSeparator"><strong>AddSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddSeparator">AddSeparator</a>(self) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddSimpleTool"><strong>AddSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddTool"><strong>AddTool</strong></a>(self, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to add a tool to the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddToolItem"><strong>AddToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddToolItem">AddToolItem</a>(self, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearTools"><strong>ClearTools</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClearTools">ClearTools</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteTool"><strong>DeleteTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DeleteTool">DeleteTool</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DeleteToolByPos"><strong>DeleteToolByPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DeleteToolByPos">DeleteToolByPos</a>(self, size_t pos) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoAddTool"><strong>DoAddTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DoAddTool">DoAddTool</a>(self, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, String shortHelp=EmptyString, <br>
String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DoInsertTool"><strong>DoInsertTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DoInsertTool">DoInsertTool</a>(self, size_t pos, int id, String label, Bitmap bitmap, Bitmap bmpDisabled=wxNullBitmap, <br>
int kind=ITEM_NORMAL, <br>
String shortHelp=EmptyString, String longHelp=EmptyString, <br>
PyObject clientData=None) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-EnableTool"><strong>EnableTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-EnableTool">EnableTool</a>(self, int id, bool enable)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindById"><strong>FindById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindById">FindById</a>(self, int toolid) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindControl"><strong>FindControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindControl">FindControl</a>(self, int id) -> Control</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindToolForPosition"><strong>FindToolForPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindToolForPosition">FindToolForPosition</a>(self, int x, int y) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMargins"><strong>GetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMargins">GetMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxCols"><strong>GetMaxCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxCols">GetMaxCols</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxRows"><strong>GetMaxRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxRows">GetMaxRows</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolBitmapSize"><strong>GetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolBitmapSize">GetToolBitmapSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolClientData"><strong>GetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolClientData">GetToolClientData</a>(self, int id) -> PyObject</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolEnabled"><strong>GetToolEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolEnabled">GetToolEnabled</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolLongHelp"><strong>GetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolLongHelp">GetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolMargins"><strong>GetToolMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolMargins">GetToolMargins</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPacking"><strong>GetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolPacking">GetToolPacking</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolPos"><strong>GetToolPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolPos">GetToolPos</a>(self, int id) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSeparation"><strong>GetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolSeparation">GetToolSeparation</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolShortHelp"><strong>GetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolShortHelp">GetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id) -> String</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolSize"><strong>GetToolSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolSize">GetToolSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolState"><strong>GetToolState</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolState">GetToolState</a>(self, int id) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolsCount"><strong>GetToolsCount</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(self) -> size_t</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertControl"><strong>InsertControl</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InsertControl">InsertControl</a>(self, size_t pos, Control control) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertLabelTool"><strong>InsertLabelTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, label, bitmap, bmpDisabled<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, kind<font color="#909090">=0</font>, shortHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelp<font color="#909090">=''</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Insert the new tool at the given position, if pos == <a href="#Toolbar-GetToolsCount">GetToolsCount</a>(), it<br>
is equivalent to <a href="#Toolbar-AddTool">AddTool</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSeparator"><strong>InsertSeparator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InsertSeparator">InsertSeparator</a>(self, size_t pos) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertSimpleTool"><strong>InsertSimpleTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertTool"><strong>InsertTool</strong></a>(self, pos, id, bitmap, pushedBitmap<font color="#909090">=<wx._gdi.Bitmap; proxy of <Swig Object of type 'wxBitmap *' at 0x327a832e70> ></font>, isToggle<font color="#909090">=0</font>, clientData<font color="#909090">=None</font>, shortHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>, longHelpString<font color="#909090">=''</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Old style method to insert a tool in the toolbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InsertToolItem"><strong>InsertToolItem</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InsertToolItem">InsertToolItem</a>(self, size_t pos, ToolBarToolBase tool) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsVertical"><strong>IsVertical</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsVertical">IsVertical</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Realize"><strong>Realize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Realize">Realize</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveTool"><strong>RemoveTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RemoveTool">RemoveTool</a>(self, int id) -> ToolBarToolBase</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMargins"><strong>SetMargins</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMargins">SetMargins</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMarginsXY"><strong>SetMarginsXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMarginsXY">SetMarginsXY</a>(self, int x, int y)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxRowsCols"><strong>SetMaxRowsCols</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMaxRowsCols">SetMaxRowsCols</a>(self, int rows, int cols)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRows"><strong>SetRows</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetRows">SetRows</a>(self, int nRows)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToggle"><strong>SetToggle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToggle">SetToggle</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolBitmapSize"><strong>SetToolBitmapSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolBitmapSize">SetToolBitmapSize</a>(self, Size size)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolClientData"><strong>SetToolClientData</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolClientData">SetToolClientData</a>(self, int id, PyObject clientData)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolLongHelp"><strong>SetToolLongHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolLongHelp">SetToolLongHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolPacking"><strong>SetToolPacking</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolPacking">SetToolPacking</a>(self, int packing)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolSeparation"><strong>SetToolSeparation</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolSeparation">SetToolSeparation</a>(self, int separation)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolShortHelp"><strong>SetToolShortHelp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolShortHelp">SetToolShortHelp</a>(self, int id, String helpString)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleTool"><strong>ToggleTool</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ToggleTool">ToggleTool</a>(self, int id, bool toggle)</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBarBase">wx._controls.ToolBarBase</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Margins</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMargins` and `SetMargins`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxCols</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxCols`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxRows</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxRows`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolBitmapSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolBitmapSize` and `SetToolBitmapSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolMargins</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolMargins`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolPacking</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolPacking` and `SetToolPacking`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolSeparation</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolSeparation` and `SetToolSeparation`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolsCount</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolsCount`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Command"><strong>Command</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Command">Command</a>(self, CommandEvent event)<br>
<br>
Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item.<br>
<br>
:see: `wx.CommandEvent`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAlignment"><strong>GetAlignment</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetAlignment">GetAlignment</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabelText"><strong>GetLabelText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetLabelText">GetLabelText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Control">wx._core.Control</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>Alignment</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAlignment`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LabelText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabelText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocus"><strong>AcceptsFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AcceptsFocus">AcceptsFocus</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window have focus?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard"><strong>AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard">AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the<br>
only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click<br>
it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddChild"><strong>AddChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddChild">AddChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation<br>
functions so should not be required by the application programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AdjustForLayoutDirection"><strong>AdjustForLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AdjustForLayoutDirection">AdjustForLayoutDirection</a>(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int<br>
<br>
Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the<br>
mirroring is not done automatically like Win32.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AssociateHandle"><strong>AssociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AssociateHandle">AssociateHandle</a>(self, long handle)<br>
<br>
Associate the window with a new native handle</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CacheBestSize"><strong>CacheBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CacheBestSize">CacheBestSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until<br>
some properties of the window change.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CanSetTransparent"><strong>CanSetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CanSetTransparent">CanSetTransparent</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for<br>
this window. Note that this method will err on the side of caution,<br>
so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact<br>
possible to set the transparency.<br>
<br>
NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite<br>
extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such<br>
as xcompmgr) running.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CaptureMouse"><strong>CaptureMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CaptureMouse">CaptureMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to<br>
release the capture.<br>
<br>
Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the<br>
mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window<br>
which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if<br>
there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must<br>
release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window<br>
receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event.<br>
<br>
Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some<br>
operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this<br>
operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not<br>
recapture mouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Center"><strong>Center</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CenterOnParent"><strong>CenterOnParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Centre"><strong>Centre</strong></a> = Center(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Center">Center</a>(self, int direction=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Centers the window. The parameter specifies the direction for<br>
cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may<br>
also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window<br>
on the entire screen and not on its parent window. If it is a<br>
top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered<br>
relative to the screen.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-CentreOnParent"><strong>CentreOnParent</strong></a> = CenterOnParent(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-CenterOnParent">CenterOnParent</a>(self, int dir=BOTH)<br>
<br>
Center with respect to the the parent window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClearBackground"><strong>ClearBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClearBackground">ClearBackground</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Clears the window by filling it with the current background<br>
colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreen"><strong>ClientToScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClientToScreen">ClientToScreen</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ClientToScreenXY"><strong>ClientToScreenXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ClientToScreenXY">ClientToScreenXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Close"><strong>Close</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Close">Close</a>(self, bool force=False) -> bool<br>
<br>
This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually<br>
tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself,<br>
however. If force is False (the default) then the window's close<br>
handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogPointToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogPointToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertDialogPointToPixels">ConvertDialogPointToPixels</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels"><strong>ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertDialogSizeToPixels">ConvertDialogSizeToPixels</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelPointToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelPointToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertPixelPointToDialog">ConvertPixelPointToDialog</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog"><strong>ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ConvertPixelSizeToDialog">ConvertPixelSizeToDialog</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_PNT"><strong>DLG_PNT</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DLG_PNT">DLG_PNT</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DLG_SZE"><strong>DLG_SZE</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DLG_SZE">DLG_SZE</a>(self, Size sz) -> Size<br>
<br>
Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels. Dialog units<br>
are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font<br>
changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the<br>
average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension,<br>
the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and<br>
then divided by 8.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Destroy"><strong>Destroy</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Destroy">Destroy</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys the window safely. Frames and dialogs are not destroyed<br>
immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list<br>
of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events<br>
have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to<br>
non-existent windows.<br>
<br>
Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it<br>
has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DestroyChildren"><strong>DestroyChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DestroyChildren">DestroyChildren</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the<br>
destructor.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disable"><strong>Disable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Disable">Disable</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Disables the window, same as <a href="#Toolbar-Enable">Enable</a>(false).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DissociateHandle"><strong>DissociateHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DissociateHandle">DissociateHandle</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Dissociate the current native handle from the window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-DragAcceptFiles"><strong>DragAcceptFiles</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-DragAcceptFiles">DragAcceptFiles</a>(self, bool accept)<br>
<br>
Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES.<br>
Only functional on Windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Enable"><strong>Enable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Enable">Enable</a>(self, bool enable=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent<br>
window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they<br>
are reenabled again when the parent is. Returns true if the window<br>
has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the<br>
window had already been in the specified state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowById"><strong>FindWindowById</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindWindowById">FindWindowById</a>(self, long winid) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by window ID</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindWindowByName"><strong>FindWindowByName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindWindowByName">FindWindowByName</a>(self, String name) -> Window<br>
<br>
Find a child of this window by name</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Fit"><strong>Fit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Fit">Fit</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function<br>
won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work<br>
correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the<br>
window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result<br>
is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of<br>
its calculations) to call window.<a href="#Toolbar-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(child.<a href="#Toolbar-GetSize">GetSize</a>())<br>
instead of calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FitInside"><strong>FitInside</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FitInside">FitInside</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a<br>
window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after<br>
sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled<br>
windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do<br>
anything if there are no subwindows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Freeze"><strong>Freeze</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Freeze">Freeze</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from<br>
taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be<br>
called to reenable window redrawing. Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be<br>
nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has<br>
been undone.<br>
<br>
This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example,<br>
it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into<br>
a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor<br>
for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a<br>
mandatory directive.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAcceleratorTable"><strong>GetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetAcceleratorTable">GetAcceleratorTable</a>(self) -> AcceleratorTable<br>
<br>
Gets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAdjustedBestSize"><strong>GetAdjustedBestSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetAutoLayout"><strong>GetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetAutoLayout">GetAutoLayout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the current autoLayout setting</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundColour"><strong>GetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBackgroundColour">GetBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the background colour of the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBackgroundStyle"><strong>GetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBackgroundStyle">GetBackgroundStyle</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window.<br>
<br>
:see: `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestFittingSize"><strong>GetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSize"><strong>GetBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestSize">GetBestSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestSizeTuple"><strong>GetBestSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestSizeTuple">GetBestSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the<br>
window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will<br>
be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For<br>
windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>), the size returned by<br>
this function will be the same as the size the window would have had<br>
after calling Fit.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBestVirtualSize"><strong>GetBestVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBestVirtualSize">GetBestVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a<br>
sizer, interior children, or other means)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetBorder"><strong>GetBorder</strong></a>(*args)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self, long flags) -> int<br>
<a href="#Toolbar-GetBorder">GetBorder</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get border for the flags of this window</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCaret"><strong>GetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCaret">GetCaret</a>(self) -> Caret<br>
<br>
Returns the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharHeight"><strong>GetCharHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCharHeight">GetCharHeight</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCharWidth"><strong>GetCharWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCharWidth">GetCharWidth</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the (average) character size for the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetChildren"><strong>GetChildren</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetChildren">GetChildren</a>(self) -> WindowList<br>
<br>
Returns an object containing a list of the window's children. The<br>
object provides a Python sequence-like interface over the internal<br>
list maintained by the window..</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientAreaOrigin"><strong>GetClientAreaOrigin</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientAreaOrigin">GetClientAreaOrigin</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the<br>
window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of<br>
the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientRect"><strong>GetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientRect">GetClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSize"><strong>GetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientSize">GetClientSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClientSizeTuple"><strong>GetClientSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClientSizeTuple">GetClientSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client<br>
area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding<br>
title bar, border, scrollbars, etc.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetConstraints"><strong>GetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetConstraints">GetConstraints</a>(self) -> LayoutConstraints<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there<br>
are none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetContainingSizer"><strong>GetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetContainingSizer">GetContainingSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCursor"><strong>GetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCursor">GetCursor</a>(self) -> Cursor<br>
<br>
Return the cursor associated with this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDefaultAttributes"><strong>GetDefaultAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetDefaultAttributes">GetDefaultAttributes</a>(self) -> VisualAttributes<br>
<br>
Get the default attributes for an instance of this class. This is<br>
useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control<br>
as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard<br>
coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of<br>
place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetDropTarget"><strong>GetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetDropTarget">GetDropTarget</a>(self) -> DropTarget<br>
<br>
Returns the associated drop target, which may be None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEffectiveMinSize"><strong>GetEffectiveMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetEffectiveMinSize">GetEffectiveMinSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
This function will merge the window's best size into the window's<br>
minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns<br>
the results.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEventHandler"><strong>GetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetEventHandler">GetEventHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is<br>
its own event handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetExtraStyle"><strong>GetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetExtraStyle">GetExtraStyle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the extra style bits for the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFont"><strong>GetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetFont">GetFont</a>(self) -> Font<br>
<br>
Returns the default font used for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetForegroundColour"><strong>GetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetForegroundColour">GetForegroundColour</a>(self) -> Colour<br>
<br>
Returns the foreground colour of the window. The interpretation of<br>
foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text<br>
colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetFullTextExtent"><strong>GetFullTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetFullTextExtent">GetFullTextExtent</a>(String string, Font font=None) -><br>
(width, height, descent, externalLeading)<br>
<br>
Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the<br>
current or specified font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetGrandParent"><strong>GetGrandParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetGrandParent">GetGrandParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there<br>
isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetGtkWidget"><strong>GetGtkWidget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetGtkWidget">GetGtkWidget</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHandle"><strong>GetHandle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetHandle">GetHandle</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the<br>
physical window. On wxMSW this is the win32 window handle, on wxGTK<br>
it is the XWindow ID, and on wxMac it is the ControlRef.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpText"><strong>GetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetHelpText">GetHelpText</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetHelpTextAtPoint"><strong>GetHelpTextAtPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetHelpTextAtPoint">GetHelpTextAtPoint</a>(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String<br>
<br>
Get the help string associated with the given position in this window.<br>
<br>
Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown<br>
and this method should return the global window help text then</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetId"><strong>GetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetId">GetId</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id<br>
-1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be<br>
generated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLabel"><strong>GetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetLabel">GetLabel</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification<br>
purposes. The interpretation of this function differs from class to<br>
class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For<br>
buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function<br>
can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs<br>
access programs)which need to identify windows by name.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetLayoutDirection"><strong>GetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetLayoutDirection">GetLayoutDirection</a>(self) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. Returns<br>
``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxHeight"><strong>GetMaxHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxHeight">GetMaxHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxSize"><strong>GetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxSize">GetMaxSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMaxWidth"><strong>GetMaxWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMaxWidth">GetMaxWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinHeight"><strong>GetMinHeight</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMinHeight">GetMinHeight</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinSize"><strong>GetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMinSize">GetMinSize</a>(self) -> Size</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetMinWidth"><strong>GetMinWidth</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetMinWidth">GetMinWidth</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetName"><strong>GetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetName">GetName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the windows name. This name is not guaranteed to be unique;<br>
it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window<br>
constructor or via wx.Window.SetName.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetParent"><strong>GetParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetParent">GetParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPosition"><strong>GetPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetPosition">GetPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPositionTuple"><strong>GetPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetPositionTuple">GetPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the window's position. Notice that the position is in client<br>
coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level<br>
ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all<br>
kinds of windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetRect"><strong>GetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetRect">GetRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenPosition"><strong>GetScreenPosition</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScreenPosition">GetScreenPosition</a>(self) -> Point<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenPositionTuple"><strong>GetScreenPositionTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScreenPositionTuple">GetScreenPositionTuple</a>() -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScreenRect"><strong>GetScreenRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScreenRect">GetScreenRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as<br>
a `wx.Rect` object.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollPos"><strong>GetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScrollPos">GetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollRange"><strong>GetScrollRange</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScrollRange">GetScrollRange</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar range.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetScrollThumb"><strong>GetScrollThumb</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetScrollThumb">GetScrollThumb</a>(self, int orientation) -> int<br>
<br>
Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSize"><strong>GetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetSize">GetSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizeTuple"><strong>GetSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetSizeTuple">GetSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetSizer"><strong>GetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetSizer">GetSizer</a>(self) -> Sizer<br>
<br>
Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to<br>
SetSizer or None if there isn't one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTextExtent"><strong>GetTextExtent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetTextExtent">GetTextExtent</a>(String string) -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the width and height of the text using the current font.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetThemeEnabled"><strong>GetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetThemeEnabled">GetThemeEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return the themeEnabled flag.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetToolTip"><strong>GetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetToolTip">GetToolTip</a>(self) -> ToolTip<br>
<br>
get the associated tooltip or None if none</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetTopLevelParent"><strong>GetTopLevelParent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetTopLevelParent">GetTopLevelParent</a>(self) -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the first frame or dialog in this window's parental hierarchy.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateClientRect"><strong>GetUpdateClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetUpdateClientRect">GetUpdateClientRect</a>(self) -> Rect<br>
<br>
Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetUpdateRegion"><strong>GetUpdateRegion</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetUpdateRegion">GetUpdateRegion</a>(self) -> Region<br>
<br>
Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been<br>
damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetValidator"><strong>GetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetValidator">GetValidator</a>(self) -> Validator<br>
<br>
Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if<br>
there is none.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSize"><strong>GetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetVirtualSize">GetVirtualSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetVirtualSizeTuple"><strong>GetVirtualSizeTuple</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetVirtualSizeTuple">GetVirtualSizeTuple</a>() -> (width, height)<br>
<br>
Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels. For most windows<br>
this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowBorderSize"><strong>GetWindowBorderSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowBorderSize">GetWindowBorderSize</a>(self) -> Size<br>
<br>
Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyle"><strong>GetWindowStyle</strong></a> = GetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>GetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowStyleFlag">GetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self) -> long<br>
<br>
Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create<br>
method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetWindowVariant"><strong>GetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetWindowVariant">GetWindowVariant</a>(self) -> int</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasCapture"><strong>HasCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasCapture">HasCapture</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasFlag"><strong>HasFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasFlag">HasFlag</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Test if the given style is set for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasMultiplePages"><strong>HasMultiplePages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasMultiplePages">HasMultiplePages</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasScrollbar"><strong>HasScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasScrollbar">HasScrollbar</a>(self, int orient) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HasTransparentBackground"><strong>HasTransparentBackground</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HasTransparentBackground">HasTransparentBackground</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for<br>
example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's<br>
background.<br>
<br>
This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you<br>
normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override<br>
it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted<br>
correctly.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Hide"><strong>Hide</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Hide">Hide</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Equivalent to calling <a href="#Toolbar-Show">Show</a>(False).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTest"><strong>HitTest</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HitTest">HitTest</a>(self, Point pt) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-HitTestXY"><strong>HitTestXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-HitTestXY">HitTestXY</a>(self, int x, int y) -> int<br>
<br>
Test where the given (in client coords) point lies</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritAttributes"><strong>InheritAttributes</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InheritAttributes">InheritAttributes</a>(self)<br>
<br>
This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called<br>
during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual<br>
attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background<br>
colours.<br>
<br>
By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use<br>
their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's<br>
attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not<br>
SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been<br>
explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same<br>
value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides<br>
ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed<br>
no matter what and only the font might.<br>
<br>
This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the<br>
different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default<br>
attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as<br>
in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours)<br>
than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the<br>
parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change<br>
the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or<br>
colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the<br>
parents attributes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InheritsBackgroundColour"><strong>InheritsBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InheritsBackgroundColour">InheritsBackgroundColour</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InitDialog"><strong>InitDialog</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InitDialog">InitDialog</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data<br>
to the dialog via validators.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-InvalidateBestSize"><strong>InvalidateBestSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-InvalidateBestSize">InvalidateBestSize</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next<br>
time it is needed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsBeingDeleted"><strong>IsBeingDeleted</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsBeingDeleted">IsBeingDeleted</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Is the window in the process of being deleted?</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsDoubleBuffered"><strong>IsDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsDoubleBuffered">IsDoubleBuffered</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the<br>
system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a<br>
temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once<br>
later.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsEnabled"><strong>IsEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsEnabled">IsEnabled</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposed"><strong>IsExposed</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsExposed">IsExposed</a>(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedPoint"><strong>IsExposedPoint</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsExposedPoint">IsExposedPoint</a>(self, Point pt) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsExposedRect"><strong>IsExposedRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsExposedRect">IsExposedRect</a>(self, Rect rect) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed<br>
since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to<br>
optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been<br>
exposed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsFrozen"><strong>IsFrozen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsFrozen">IsFrozen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet.<br>
<br>
:see: `Freeze` and `Thaw`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsRetained"><strong>IsRetained</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsRetained">IsRetained</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise. Retained<br>
windows are only available on X platforms.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsShown"><strong>IsShown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsShown">IsShown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsShownOnScreen"><strong>IsShownOnScreen</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsShownOnScreen">IsShownOnScreen</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen,<br>
i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are<br>
shown as well.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsTopLevel"><strong>IsTopLevel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsTopLevel">IsTopLevel</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all<br>
frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even<br>
if they have a parent window).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Layout"><strong>Layout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Layout">Layout</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based<br>
algorithm for this window. See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on,<br>
this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE<br>
handler when the window is resized.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineDown"><strong>LineDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-LineDown">LineDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-LineUp"><strong>LineUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-LineUp">LineUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Lower"><strong>Lower</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Lower">Lower</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MakeModal"><strong>MakeModal</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MakeModal">MakeModal</a>(self, bool modal=True)<br>
<br>
Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can<br>
only interact with this window. Passing False will reverse this<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Move"><strong>Move</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveAfterInTabOrder"><strong>MoveAfterInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MoveAfterInTabOrder">MoveAfterInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified<br>
sibling window. This means that when the user presses the TAB key on<br>
that other window, the focus switches to this window.<br>
<br>
The default tab order is the same as creation order. This function<br>
and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the<br>
windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveBeforeInTabOrder"><strong>MoveBeforeInTabOrder</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MoveBeforeInTabOrder">MoveBeforeInTabOrder</a>(self, Window win)<br>
<br>
Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just<br>
before win instead of putting it right after it.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-MoveXY"><strong>MoveXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-MoveXY">MoveXY</a>(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Navigate"><strong>Navigate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Navigate">Navigate</a>(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool<br>
<br>
Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a<br>
`wx.NavigationKeyEvent`.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageDown"><strong>PageDown</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PageDown">PageDown</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PageUp"><strong>PageUp</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PageUp">PageUp</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
This is just a wrapper for <a href="#Toolbar-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(-1).</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopEventHandler"><strong>PopEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PopEventHandler">PopEventHandler</a>(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler<br>
<br>
Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler<br>
stack. If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be<br>
destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenu"><strong>PopupMenu</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PopupMenu">PopupMenu</a>(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PopupMenuXY"><strong>PopupMenuXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PopupMenuXY">PopupMenuXY</a>(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool<br>
<br>
Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window,<br>
and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is<br>
selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as<br>
usual. If the default position is given then the current position of the<br>
mouse cursor will be used.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PostCreate"><strong>PostCreate</strong></a>(self, pre)</dt><dd><tt>Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!><br>
Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrepareDC"><strong>PrepareDC</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PrepareDC">PrepareDC</a>(self, DC dc)<br>
<br>
Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a<br>
scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current<br>
scroll position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PushEventHandler"><strong>PushEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PushEventHandler">PushEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window.<br>
An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events<br>
sent to a window. (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to a<br>
handler function.) By default, the window is its own event handler,<br>
but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to<br>
allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of<br>
different window classes.<br>
<br>
wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of<br>
event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is<br>
handed to the next one in the chain. Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler`<br>
to remove the event handler. Ownership of the handler is *not* given<br>
to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the<br>
window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call<br>
its Destroy method yourself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Raise"><strong>Raise</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Raise">Raise</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy. In current<br>
version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Refresh"><strong>Refresh</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Refresh">Refresh</a>(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it<br>
will be repainted. Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent<br>
to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RefreshRect"><strong>RefreshRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RefreshRect">RefreshRect</a>(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True)<br>
<br>
Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will<br>
be repainted. This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RegisterHotKey"><strong>RegisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RegisterHotKey">RegisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool<br>
<br>
Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey<br>
registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will<br>
receive the event even if the application is in the background and<br>
does not have the input focus because the user is working with some<br>
other application. To bind an event handler function to this hotkey<br>
use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId. Returns True if the<br>
hotkey was registered successfully.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ReleaseMouse"><strong>ReleaseMouse</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ReleaseMouse">ReleaseMouse</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveChild"><strong>RemoveChild</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RemoveChild">RemoveChild</a>(self, Window child)<br>
<br>
Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window<br>
deletion functions so should not be required by the application<br>
programmer.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-RemoveEventHandler"><strong>RemoveEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-RemoveEventHandler">RemoveEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool<br>
<br>
Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not<br>
delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found<br>
and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this<br>
function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be<br>
there.)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Reparent"><strong>Reparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Reparent">Reparent</a>(self, Window newParent) -> bool<br>
<br>
Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current<br>
parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then<br>
re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK. Returns True<br>
if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent ==<br>
oldParent)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClient"><strong>ScreenToClient</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScreenToClient">ScreenToClient</a>(self, Point pt) -> Point<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScreenToClientXY"><strong>ScreenToClientXY</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScreenToClientXY">ScreenToClientXY</a>(int x, int y) -> (x,y)<br>
<br>
Converts from screen to client window coordinates.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollLines"><strong>ScrollLines</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScrollLines">ScrollLines</a>(self, int lines) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollPages"><strong>ScrollPages</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScrollPages">ScrollPages</a>(self, int pages) -> bool<br>
<br>
If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by<br>
the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages<br>
is negative. Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was<br>
already on top/bottom and nothing was done.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ScrollWindow"><strong>ScrollWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ScrollWindow">ScrollWindow</a>(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None)<br>
<br>
Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows<br>
accordingly. Use this function to optimise your scrolling<br>
implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that<br>
it is rarely required to call this function from a user program.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SendSizeEvent"><strong>SendSizeEvent</strong></a>(self)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAcceleratorTable"><strong>SetAcceleratorTable</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetAcceleratorTable">SetAcceleratorTable</a>(self, AcceleratorTable accel)<br>
<br>
Sets the accelerator table for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetAutoLayout"><strong>SetAutoLayout</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetAutoLayout">SetAutoLayout</a>(self, bool autoLayout)<br>
<br>
Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically<br>
when the window is resized. lease note that this only happens for the<br>
windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Panel">Panel</a>` and<br>
`wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them).<br>
<br>
This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use<br>
`SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window<br>
layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundColour"><strong>SetBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetBackgroundColour">SetBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the background colour of the window. Returns True if the colour<br>
was changed. The background colour is usually painted by the default<br>
EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and<br>
automatically under GTK. Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window<br>
to the default background colour.<br>
<br>
Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate<br>
refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after<br>
calling this function.<br>
<br>
Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this<br>
window, if the system supports them. Use with care since usually the<br>
themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all<br>
applications on the system.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBackgroundStyle"><strong>SetBackgroundStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetBackgroundStyle">SetBackgroundStyle</a>(self, int style) -> bool<br>
<br>
Returns the background style of the window. The background style<br>
indicates how the background of the window is drawn.<br>
<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM The background colour or pattern should<br>
be determined by the system<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR The background should be a solid colour<br>
wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM The background will be implemented by the<br>
application.<br>
====================== ========================================<br>
<br>
On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of<br>
a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has<br>
no effect on other platforms.<br>
<br>
:see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetBestFittingSize"><strong>SetBestFittingSize</strong></a> = deprecatedWrapper(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Use `SetInitialSize`</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCaret"><strong>SetCaret</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetCaret">SetCaret</a>(self, Caret caret)<br>
<br>
Sets the caret associated with the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientRect"><strong>SetClientRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetClientRect">SetClientRect</a>(self, Rect rect)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSize"><strong>SetClientSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetClientSize">SetClientSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetClientSizeWH"><strong>SetClientSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetClientSizeWH">SetClientSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this<br>
function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than<br>
wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what<br>
dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window<br>
around panel items, for example.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetConstraints"><strong>SetConstraints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetConstraints">SetConstraints</a>(self, LayoutConstraints constraints)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing<br>
layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be<br>
deleted. Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current<br>
constraints.<br>
<br>
You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints<br>
automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must<br>
handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call <a href="#Toolbar-Layout">Layout</a>() explicitly. When setting<br>
both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have<br>
effect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetContainingSizer"><strong>SetContainingSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetContainingSizer">SetContainingSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer)<br>
<br>
This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is<br>
called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so<br>
the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetCursor"><strong>SetCursor</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetCursor">SetCursor</a>(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it<br>
for the children of the window implicitly.<br>
<br>
The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will<br>
be reset back to default.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDimensions"><strong>SetDimensions</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetDimensions">SetDimensions</a>(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels. The sizeFlags<br>
parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are<br>
equal to -1.<br>
<br>
======================== ======================================<br>
wx.SIZE_AUTO A -1 indicates that a class-specific<br>
default should be used.<br>
wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING Axisting dimensions should be used if<br>
-1 values are supplied.<br>
wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be<br>
interpreted as real dimensions, not<br>
default values.<br>
======================== ======================================</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDoubleBuffered"><strong>SetDoubleBuffered</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetDoubleBuffered">SetDoubleBuffered</a>(self, bool on)<br>
<br>
Currently wxGTK2 only.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetDropTarget"><strong>SetDropTarget</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetDropTarget">SetDropTarget</a>(self, DropTarget dropTarget)<br>
<br>
Associates a drop target with this window. If the window already has<br>
a drop target, it is deleted.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEventHandler"><strong>SetEventHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetEventHandler">SetEventHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)<br>
<br>
Sets the event handler for this window. An event handler is an object<br>
that is capable of processing the events sent to a window. (In other<br>
words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.) By<br>
default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may<br>
wish to substitute another, for example to allow central<br>
implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window<br>
classes.<br>
<br>
It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets<br>
up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event<br>
handler is handed off to the next one in the chain.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetExtraStyle"><strong>SetExtraStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetExtraStyle">SetExtraStyle</a>(self, long exStyle)<br>
<br>
Sets the extra style bits for the window. Extra styles are the less<br>
often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with<br>
<a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>()</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocus"><strong>SetFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetFocus">SetFocus</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFocusFromKbd"><strong>SetFocusFromKbd</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetFocusFromKbd">SetFocusFromKbd</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action. Normally<br>
only called internally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetFont"><strong>SetFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetFont">SetFont</a>(self, Font font) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the font for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetForegroundColour"><strong>SetForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetForegroundColour">SetForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour) -> bool<br>
<br>
Sets the foreground colour of the window. Returns True is the colour<br>
was changed. The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on<br>
the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may<br>
not be used at all.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpText"><strong>SetHelpText</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetHelpText">SetHelpText</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this<br>
window. Note that the text is actually stored by the current<br>
`wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetHelpTextForId"><strong>SetHelpTextForId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetHelpTextForId">SetHelpTextForId</a>(self, String text)<br>
<br>
Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this<br>
one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetId"><strong>SetId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetId">SetId</a>(self, int winid)<br>
<br>
Sets the identifier of the window. Each window has an integer<br>
identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier<br>
will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on<br>
creation and should not be modified subsequently.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetInitialSize"><strong>SetInitialSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetInitialSize">SetInitialSize</a>(self, Size size=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the<br>
window's *best size* values. Also set's the minsize for use with sizers.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetLabel"><strong>SetLabel</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetLabel">SetLabel</a>(self, String label)<br>
<br>
Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetLayoutDirection"><strong>SetLayoutDirection</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetLayoutDirection">SetLayoutDirection</a>(self, int dir)<br>
<br>
Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMaxSize"><strong>SetMaxSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMaxSize">SetMaxSize</a>(self, Size maxSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
max size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetMinSize"><strong>SetMinSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetMinSize">SetMinSize</a>(self, Size minSize)<br>
<br>
A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the<br>
min size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetName"><strong>SetName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetName">SetName</a>(self, String name)<br>
<br>
Sets the window's name. The window name is used for ressource setting<br>
in X, it is not the same as the window title/label</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnBackgroundColour"><strong>SetOwnBackgroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetOwnBackgroundColour">SetOwnBackgroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnFont"><strong>SetOwnFont</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetOwnFont">SetOwnFont</a>(self, Font font)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetOwnForegroundColour"><strong>SetOwnForegroundColour</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetOwnForegroundColour">SetOwnForegroundColour</a>(self, Colour colour)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPosition"><strong>SetPosition</strong></a> = Move(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Move">Move</a>(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING)<br>
<br>
Moves the window to the given position.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetRect"><strong>SetRect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetRect">SetRect</a>(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO)<br>
<br>
Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollPos"><strong>SetScrollPos</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetScrollPos">SetScrollPos</a>(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetScrollbar"><strong>SetScrollbar</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetScrollbar">SetScrollbar</a>(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range, <br>
bool refresh=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSize"><strong>SetSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSize">SetSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHints"><strong>SetSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizeHints">SetSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1, <br>
int incH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizeHintsSz">SetSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window<br>
size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the<br>
default values will be used. If this function is called, the user<br>
will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is<br>
a top-level window.) Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size<br>
and will use that value if set when calculating layout.<br>
<br>
The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizeWH"><strong>SetSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizeWH">SetSizeWH</a>(self, int width, int height)<br>
<br>
Sets the size of the window in pixels.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizer"><strong>SetSizer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizer">SetSizer</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then<br>
own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing<br>
layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted<br>
if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also<br>
call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is<br>
non-None, and False otherwise.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetSizerAndFit"><strong>SetSizerAndFit</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetSizerAndFit">SetSizerAndFit</a>(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True)<br>
<br>
The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the<br>
window based on the sizer's minimum size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetThemeEnabled"><strong>SetThemeEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetThemeEnabled">SetThemeEnabled</a>(self, bool enableTheme)<br>
<br>
This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme"<br>
code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background<br>
drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support<br>
the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is<br>
GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a<br>
user's selected theme.<br>
<br>
Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true<br>
by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTip"><strong>SetToolTip</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolTip">SetToolTip</a>(self, ToolTip tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetToolTipString"><strong>SetToolTipString</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetToolTipString">SetToolTipString</a>(self, String tip)<br>
<br>
Attach a tooltip to the window.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetTransparent"><strong>SetTransparent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetTransparent">SetTransparent</a>(self, byte alpha) -> bool<br>
<br>
Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value,<br>
returns True on success. The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the<br>
range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully<br>
opaque.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetValidator"><strong>SetValidator</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetValidator">SetValidator</a>(self, Validator validator)<br>
<br>
Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator,<br>
having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this<br>
type.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSize"><strong>SetVirtualSize</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSize">SetVirtualSize</a>(self, Size size)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHints"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHints</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSizeHints">SetVirtualSizeHints</a>(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz"><strong>SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSizeHintsSz">SetVirtualSizeHintsSz</a>(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize)<br>
<br>
Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a<br>
pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be<br>
used. If this function is called, the user will not be able to size<br>
the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetVirtualSizeWH"><strong>SetVirtualSizeWH</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetVirtualSizeWH">SetVirtualSizeWH</a>(self, int w, int h)<br>
<br>
Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels. For most windows this<br>
is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled<br>
windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyle"><strong>SetWindowStyle</strong></a> = SetWindowStyleFlag(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#Toolbar-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowStyleFlag"><strong>SetWindowStyleFlag</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowStyleFlag">SetWindowStyleFlag</a>(self, long style)<br>
<br>
Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be<br>
changed after the window creation and that <a href="#Toolbar-Refresh">Refresh</a>() might need to be<br>
called after changing the others for the change to take place<br>
immediately.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetWindowVariant"><strong>SetWindowVariant</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetWindowVariant">SetWindowVariant</a>(self, int variant)<br>
<br>
Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if<br>
the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ShouldInheritColours"><strong>ShouldInheritColours</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ShouldInheritColours">ShouldInheritColours</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be<br>
changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them<br>
from the parent window.<br>
<br>
The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in<br>
wxControl where it returns true.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Show"><strong>Show</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Show">Show</a>(self, bool show=True) -> bool<br>
<br>
Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level<br>
window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if<br>
Show is called immediately after the frame creation. Returns True if<br>
the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done<br>
because it already was in the requested state.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Thaw"><strong>Thaw</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Thaw">Thaw</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze. Calls to<br>
Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of<br>
times that Freeze was before the window will be updated.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ToggleWindowStyle"><strong>ToggleWindowStyle</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ToggleWindowStyle">ToggleWindowStyle</a>(self, int flag) -> bool<br>
<br>
Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa,<br>
returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataFromWindow"><strong>TransferDataFromWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their<br>
validators. Returns false if a transfer failed. If the window has<br>
wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will<br>
also call <a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataFromWindow">TransferDataFromWindow</a>() of all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-TransferDataToWindow"><strong>TransferDataToWindow</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#Toolbar-TransferDataToWindow">TransferDataToWindow</a>() of<br>
all child windows.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UnregisterHotKey"><strong>UnregisterHotKey</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-UnregisterHotKey">UnregisterHotKey</a>(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool<br>
<br>
Unregisters a system wide hotkey.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Update"><strong>Update</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Update">Update</a>(self)<br>
<br>
Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the<br>
window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally<br>
this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the<br>
event loop.) Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and<br>
does nothing if the window has been already repainted. Use `Refresh`<br>
first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of<br>
it) unconditionally.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UpdateWindowUI"><strong>UpdateWindowUI</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-UpdateWindowUI">UpdateWindowUI</a>(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE)<br>
<br>
This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular<br>
implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.<a href="wx._controls.html#ToolBar">ToolBar</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.<a href="wx._windows.html#Frame">Frame</a> will<br>
send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this<br>
function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at<br>
a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are<br>
concerned). This may be necessary if you have called<br>
`wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to<br>
limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events<br>
in idle time.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-UseBgCol"><strong>UseBgCol</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-UseBgCol">UseBgCol</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Validate"><strong>Validate</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Validate">Validate</a>(self) -> bool<br>
<br>
Validates the current values of the child controls using their<br>
validators. If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra<br>
style flag set, the method will also call <a href="#Toolbar-Validate">Validate</a>() of all child<br>
windows. Returns false if any of the validations failed.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-WarpPointer"><strong>WarpPointer</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-WarpPointer">WarpPointer</a>(self, int x, int y)<br>
<br>
Moves the pointer to the given position on the window.<br>
<br>
NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human<br>
Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Static methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-FindFocus"><strong>FindFocus</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-FindFocus">FindFocus</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus,<br>
or None.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetCapture"><strong>GetCapture</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetCapture">GetCapture</a>() -> Window<br>
<br>
Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NewControlId"><strong>NewControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-NewControlId">NewControlId</a>() -> int<br>
<br>
Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-NextControlId"><strong>NextControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-NextControlId">NextControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control following the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-PrevControlId"><strong>PrevControlId</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-PrevControlId">PrevControlId</a>(int winid) -> int<br>
<br>
Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given<br>
autogenerated) id</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Window">wx._core.Window</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>AcceleratorTable</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>AutoLayout</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BackgroundStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>BestVirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBestVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Border</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetBorder`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Caret</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>CharWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCharWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Children</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetChildren`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientAreaOrigin</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientAreaOrigin`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ClientSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Constraints</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ContainingSizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Cursor</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DefaultAttributes</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDefaultAttributes`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>DropTarget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EffectiveMinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEffectiveMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Enabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>EventHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ExtraStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Font</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetFont` and `SetFont`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ForegroundColour</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GrandParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetGrandParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>GtkWidget</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>GetGtkWidget(self) -> long<br>
<br>
On wxGTK returns a pointer to the GtkWidget for this window as a long<br>
integer. On the other platforms this method returns zero.</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Handle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHandle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>HelpText</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Id</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetId` and `SetId`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Label</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>LayoutDirection</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MaxWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMaxWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinHeight</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinHeight`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>MinWidth</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetMinWidth`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Name</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetName` and `SetName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Parent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Position</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Rect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetRect` and `SetRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenPosition</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenPosition`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ScreenRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetScreenRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Shown</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsShown` and `Show`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Size</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSize` and `SetSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Sizer</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ThemeEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>ToolTip</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevel</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `IsTopLevel`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>TopLevelParent</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetTopLevelParent`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateClientRect</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateClientRect`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>UpdateRegion</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetUpdateRegion`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>Validator</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>VirtualSize</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyle</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowStyleFlag</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>WindowVariant</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-AddPendingEvent"><strong>AddPendingEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-AddPendingEvent">AddPendingEvent</a>(self, Event event)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Bind"><strong>Bind</strong></a>(self, event, handler, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Bind an event to an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the<br>
type of event to bind,<br>
<br>
:param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the<br>
event is delivered to self. Pass None to<br>
disconnect an event handler.<br>
<br>
:param source: Sometimes the event originates from a<br>
different window than self, but you still<br>
want to catch it in self. (For example, a<br>
button event delivered to a frame.) By<br>
passing the source of the event, the event<br>
handling system is able to differentiate<br>
between the same event type from different<br>
controls.<br>
<br>
:param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead<br>
of instance.<br>
<br>
:param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler<br>
to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Connect"><strong>Connect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Connect">Connect</a>(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Disconnect"><strong>Disconnect</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-Disconnect">Disconnect</a>(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>GetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetEvtHandlerEnabled">GetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetNextHandler"><strong>GetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetNextHandler">GetNextHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetPreviousHandler"><strong>GetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetPreviousHandler">GetPreviousHandler</a>(self) -> EvtHandler</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessEvent"><strong>ProcessEvent</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ProcessEvent">ProcessEvent</a>(self, Event event) -> bool</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-ProcessPendingEvents"><strong>ProcessPendingEvents</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-ProcessPendingEvents">ProcessPendingEvents</a>(self)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetEvtHandlerEnabled"><strong>SetEvtHandlerEnabled</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetEvtHandlerEnabled">SetEvtHandlerEnabled</a>(self, bool enabled)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetNextHandler"><strong>SetNextHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetNextHandler">SetNextHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-SetPreviousHandler"><strong>SetPreviousHandler</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-SetPreviousHandler">SetPreviousHandler</a>(self, EvtHandler handler)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-Unbind"><strong>Unbind</strong></a>(self, event, source<font color="#909090">=None</font>, id<font color="#909090">=-1</font>, id2<font color="#909090">=-1</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self.<br>
Returns True if successful.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#EvtHandler">wx._core.EvtHandler</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>EvtHandlerEnabled</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>NextHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>PreviousHandler</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<hr>
Methods inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-GetClassName"><strong>GetClassName</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-GetClassName">GetClassName</a>(self) -> String<br>
<br>
Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI.</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="NavigationToolbarWx-IsSameAs"><strong>IsSameAs</strong></a>(*args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt><a href="#Toolbar-IsSameAs">IsSameAs</a>(self, Object p) -> bool<br>
<br>
For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method<br>
can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data<br>
object.</tt></dd></dl>
<hr>
Data descriptors inherited from <a href="wx._core.html#Object">wx._core.Object</a>:<br>
<dl><dt><strong>ClassName</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>See `GetClassName`</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__dict__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>dictionary for instance variables (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
<dl><dt><strong>__weakref__</strong></dt>
<dd><tt>list of weak references to the object (if defined)</tt></dd>
</dl>
</td></tr></table> <p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#000000" face="helvetica, arial"><a name="fake_stderr">class <strong>fake_stderr</strong></a></font></td></tr>
<tr bgcolor="#ffc8d8"><td rowspan=2><tt> </tt></td>
<td colspan=2><tt>Wx does strange things with stderr, as it makes the assumption that there<br>
is probably no console. This redirects stderr to the console, since we know<br>
that there is one!<br> </tt></td></tr>
<tr><td> </td>
<td width="100%">Methods defined here:<br>
<dl><dt><a name="fake_stderr-write"><strong>write</strong></a>(self, msg)</dt></dl>
</td></tr></table></td></tr></table><p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#eeaa77">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Functions</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#eeaa77"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><dl><dt><a name="-DEBUG_MSG"><strong>DEBUG_MSG</strong></a>(string, lvl<font color="#909090">=3</font>, o<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-bind"><strong>bind</strong></a>(actor, event, action, **kw)</dt></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-debug_on_error"><strong>debug_on_error</strong></a>(type, value, tb)</dt><dd><tt>Code due to Thomas Heller - published in Python Cookbook (O'Reilley)</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-draw_if_interactive"><strong>draw_if_interactive</strong></a>()</dt><dd><tt>This should be overriden in a windowing environment if drawing<br>
should be done in interactive python mode</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-error_msg_wx"><strong>error_msg_wx</strong></a>(msg, parent<font color="#909090">=None</font>)</dt><dd><tt>Signal an error condition -- in a GUI, popup a error dialog</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-new_figure_manager"><strong>new_figure_manager</strong></a>(num, *args, **kwargs)</dt><dd><tt>Create a new figure manager instance</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-raise_msg_to_str"><strong>raise_msg_to_str</strong></a>(msg)</dt><dd><tt>msg is a return arg from a raise. Join with new lines</tt></dd></dl>
<dl><dt><a name="-show"><strong>show</strong></a>()</dt><dd><tt>Current implementation assumes that matplotlib is executed in a PyCrust<br>
shell. It appears to be possible to execute wxPython applications from<br>
within a PyCrust without having to ensure that wxPython has been created<br>
in a secondary thread (e.g. SciPy gui_thread).<br>
<br>
Unfortunately, gui_thread seems to introduce a number of further<br>
dependencies on SciPy modules, which I do not wish to introduce<br>
into the backend at this point. If there is a need I will look<br>
into this in a later release.</tt></dd></dl>
</td></tr></table><p>
<table width="100%" cellspacing=0 cellpadding=2 border=0 summary="section">
<tr bgcolor="#55aa55">
<td colspan=3 valign=bottom> <br>
<font color="#ffffff" face="helvetica, arial"><big><strong>Data</strong></big></font></td></tr>
<tr><td bgcolor="#55aa55"><tt> </tt></td><td> </td>
<td width="100%"><strong>PIXELS_PER_INCH</strong> = 75<br>
<strong>backend_version</strong> = '2.8.7.1'<br>
<strong>cursord</strong> = {0: 6, 1: 1, 2: 5, 3: 6}<br>
<strong>cursors</strong> = <matplotlib.backend_bases.Cursors instance at 0x7f43bd223908><br>
<strong>cvs_id</strong> = '$Id$'<br>
<strong>division</strong> = _Feature((2, 2, 0, 'alpha', 2), (3, 0, 0, 'alpha', 0), 8192)<br>
<strong>rcParams</strong> = {'figure.subplot.right': 0.90000000000000002, 'm...persize': 'letter', 'svg.embed_char_paths': True}<br>
<strong>verbose</strong> = <matplotlib.Verbose instance at 0x7f43bf419248></td></tr></table>
@footer@
